Home

Basic Policy for the Promotion of Procurement of Eco

1. Concrete and Water Evaluation Criteria concrete permeable Water permeability of the concrete exceeds products concrete 1x10 2cm sec Notes 1 Water permeable concrete is to be used for areas that require rain water to permeate but do not require high strength 2 As for Water permeable concrete material that meet the standard of JIS A 5371 Precast unreinforced concrete products Appendix B pavement boundary blocks Recommended specification B 1 Monotony fills this criteria Hydrated solidified steel slag Steel block slag Evaluation Criteria Steel slag listed in Table is no less than 50 by weight of the aggregate Product uses blast furnace slag powder as binder Table Category Converter slag includes pig iron slag from preliminary treatment process Electric furnace oxidized slag Factors for Consideration It is possible to find out the manufacturer and seller of steel slag Spray on concrete Spray on concrete with fly ash Evaluation Criteria Spray on concrete that includes at least 100kg per 1 m fly ash in its admixture 198 Paint Base coat Evaluation Criteria paint anti Does not contain pigment using lead or chrome corrosive Water based Evaluation Criteria road paint Water based road paint that contains no more than 5 of using low volatile organic solvent VOC ratio of volatile solvent volatility to total volume of p
2. Oven type Calculation formula of standard energy consumption efficiency for oven component Tabletop or Stationary Type E 18 6Vo 306 Built in Type E 18 6Vot83 3 Note 1 E and Vo express the following numeric values E Oven section standard energy consumption efficiency unit Wh Vo Internal volume unit liter Tabletop type refers to an item that is to be placed on a table or a base for use Built in type refers to an item that is to be built into a wall or a base Stationary type refers to an item that is to be installed on a base or a floor surface Internal volume is obtained by the formula grill area x height from the bottom of the grill plate to the top of the inlet rounded to one decimal place 6 Energy consumption efficiency for oven component is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 56 March 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy nA BWN 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of gas cooking appliances meeting the criteria to the total number of gas cooking appliances to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 127 12 Lighting 12 1 Lighting Equipment 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Fluorescent lighting equipment Evaluation Criteria 1 Equipment must meet one of the following criteria a As for service
3. 0 ccc cece cece eee e ee ene enaeenes 117 11 2 Gas Water Heaters acer ctticcusenenteleeii elites sen AS EEA 120 11 3 01l Water Heatersch 5 esainsneus ou spulereduanseuls E AREO 123 11 4 Gas Cooking Appliances 0 cece ccc e eee e cence ence ee ene ees eneeeneens 125 LZ Lighting moerinse ernie o a aaa ai oh eadsabbancidd awa E nkdadsambaess 128 12 1 Lighting Equipments jcc scievscxvencetentsiaeavnaeniasepercadeetsereieeraeete eves 128 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 12 2 BAD S ineno nian OA E E pn EEE EEA EEEE Nia 133 Vehicles A E E E E E E S EE 137 EEA TE e EAE ae TA E T E TOET 137 13 2 ITS Adaptable Car Accessories ssesseeeressssssssserrerrerresssssse 147 13 3 TIES Anaa a EA A AEEA AAE EO A E EE i 148 13 74 Engine Qil macori iges a a a a a eee 149 Fire Extinguish S esenee ane a AR E EE E EE a 150 Uniforms and Work Clothes o sci0 csvode see secdanecees sacendods aus eectsvencness ens 152 Interior Fixtures and Beddin troveks snveosaane sakkus deen oa enanaee oaauiot ways 155 1621 Curtains te i sees seeis ech Redden nd dite ciara E tan eh ass 155 G2 CAMPOS ess san ssn Eana EE E snes dawenee ss Aen eer ence mGases 158 1623 Blankets Et rit hoska oboe aiitodalas onoslsnoudaien e anana 160 NGAP BUS sna vsettaeue cen Suse E eantencunanen E Aeon aon 162 WOrk COVES aaa ic etic at crenata ee ca tot ie A tN a eet ce ETE 165 Other Fiber Productserie onne a a a as ue he nk a 1
4. Related to equipment for the reduction of gas emission W For the inspection of equipment for the reduction of gas emission DPF Oxidized catalyst in diesel fueled automobiles refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection accordingly Others 267 E For the inspection and adjustment of tire air pressure refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct adjustment in accordance with the actual measurement of air pressure For the inspection of transmission oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the transmission oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly
5. 12 procurement with sustainable goals and amount of coating to be used for material 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 3 The composite rating and its breakdown index or additional rating as well as rating for each index item must be readily available on website etc 4 Not processed in a way that makes difficult to recycle Factors for Consideration 1 The recycled pulp content is as high as possible 2 When virgin pulp is used as material the pulpwood must be produced from forests that are operated using sustainable methods The content of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others is to be as high as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Pulp used in accordance with method of procurement of materials with sustainable goals denotes one of the following a Pulp used in accordance with policies for procuring pulpwood only
6. Consideration and improvement for the separation Consideration for repair and maintenance Reduction of energy power consumption The energy power consumption of product is reduced Attempt is made for developing low energy consumption technology Reuse use again Selection of reused Consideration for communalization or as parts parts standardization selecting of reused parts from design stage Consideration for Consideration for separation and products assembling of reusable parts Design for parts reuse Consideration for ease of display cleaning and washing determination of longevity Recycling use Material Selection of recyclable materials again as materials Standardization and indication of materials of kind of plastics Reduction of use of parts of difficult to recycle Consideration of ease of separation The structure allows for easy dismantling of pre separation parts 277 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of installation of vending machines for beverages installation by contract or licensing agreement that meet the criteria to the number of vending machines for beverages commissioned in the fiscal year 278 22 13 Moving Transportation 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Moving Transportation Evaluation Criteria 1 As for products used for packing or curing when applicable to the designated procurement items mus
7. Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester fiber products shall include polyester from recycled PET resins At least 50 by weight of all natural and chemical fiber used excluding anti slip coating shall be polyester from recycled pet resins 2 Fiber comprised of post consumer material makes up at least 50 by weight of the entire product weight excluding anti slip coating Factors for Consideration 1 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should also be made of unused fiber or reconstructed fiber excluding anti slip coating 2 Does not use bleaches Note l 2 3 4 product PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc Post consumer material refers to material or product discarded after used as a Unused fiber is created from short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of pairs of gloves meeting the criteria to the total number of pairs of gloves to be purchased in the fiscal year 165 18 Other Fiber Products 18 1 Tents and Sheets 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Evaluation criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of
8. For the inspection of deferential oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the deferential oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly E refers to items that must be conducted for inspection and maintenance of automobiles refers to items for which execution is desirable for inspection and maintenance of automobiles 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of passenger transportation businesses that meet the criteria to the number of passenger transportation businesses commissioned in the fiscal year 268 22 9 Illumination Services 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Fluorescent illumination services Evaluation Criteria The service must be a function supplying service servicizing that fulfills the following criteria 1 Fluorescent light that fulfills the Evaluation Criteria for fluorescent light refer to Lamps section is used as long as it does not cause any issues for objective of use and is suitable for the equipmen
9. Name tags pin or string Key hooks Chalks Evaluation Criteria Recycled material must make up no less than 10 of the entire product by weight Field Lines Evaluation Criteria Recycled material must make up no less than 70 of the entire product by weight Packing Bands Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is paper recycled paper must make up 100 of the entire item If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 25 by weight of the entire item Material recycled products from pet bottles are excluded Note l W Stapler general purpose type under consideration in the Evaluation Criteria in this section denotes handy type one that use the No 10 staples by JIS S 6036 2 Stapler other than general purpose type denotes other than Stapler general purpose type and includes those that do not use staples File includes types for paper with holes flat file pipe style file binder fastener cap style file for computer printouts and types for paper without holes folder holder box file document file transparent pocket file scrap book z type file clip file letterhead holder drawing file case file etc Binder includes MP binder ring binder etc Filing supplies include spine labels file pockets and dividers to be used with files and binders The definition of Recycled paper and The percentage of recycl
10. 0 9m or more in width within a distance of 1 meter referred to as Short focus projector hereinafter especially the one within a distance of 0 5m referred to as Super short focus projector 2 Standby power consumption refers to minimum power consumption at which a product may be connected to a main power source and maintained for an indefinite period of time Standby is a product minimum power consumption mode 3 Evaluation Criteria 3 does not applies for the products having AC interception device and the portable one for mobile use mainly 4 Provide the information in Evaluation Criteria 4 a denotes that specific information for use of mercury and appropriate disposal method of a used lamp must be provided to the user by indicating on package of the lamp or the product main body enclosed printed material user s manual and websites 5 A system is in place for the collection in Evaluation Criteria 4 b denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the store or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used lamp and the product main body b In order to precipitate appropriate collection the product name and business name manufacturer brand name is permissible a
11. Factor of automatic duplex Product speed ipm Standard kWh printing function ipm lt 5 lt 0 3 ipm lt Ae lt 0 06xipm 0 3 24 lt ipm lt 30 Integral to the base product 30 lt ipm lt 37 f or optional accessory lt 37 lt ipm lt 40 lt 0 11xipm 1 8 40 lt ipm lt 65 lt 0 16xipm 3 8 Int to th 65 lt ipm lt 90 lt 0 2xipm 6 4 nerako the base produe 90 lt ipm lt 0 55xipm 37 9 Notes 1 Product speed is the maximum nominal and one side print speed when the black and white image is generated and the ipm speed calculated in all cases is rounded off to the nearest integer lipm number of images for each amount is equal to single A4 size or 8 5 x 11 sheet printed on one side If the maximum claimed speeds differ when producing images on A4 size or 8 5 x 11 paper the higher of two shall be used Same applies for Tables 1 2 2 1 and 2 2 below 46 2 Products for A3 capable Standard format products with a paper path width equal to or greater than 275 mm are a 0 3 kWh wk allowance standards of the applicable category in the Tables Same applies for Tables 1 2 2 1 and 2 2 below Table 1 2 Standards for standard energy consumption in monochrome multifunction printers excluding inkjet type impact type and large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm standard kWh duplex printinefan
12. 6 Table2 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Grill Component of Gas Cooking Appliances Category Calculation Formula of Combustion type Cooking method Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Grill Component Single sided With water E 25 1Vg 123 Without water E 25 1Vgt 16 4 Double sided With water E 12 5Vgt 172 Without water E 12 5Vgt 101 Note 1 E and Vg express the following numeric values E Glill section standard energy consumption efficiency unit Wh Vg Internal volume unit liter 2 Single sided refers to a method where food is heated from one side 3 Double sided refers to a method where food is heated from both sides 4 With water refers to a method where cooking is performed with the grill pan filled with water 5 Without water refers to a method where cooking is performed with the grill pan not filled with water 126 6 Internal volume is obtained by the formula grill area x height from the bottom of the grill plate to the top of the inlet round to one decimal place 7 Energy consumption efficiency for grill component is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 56 March 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Table3 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Oven Component of Gas Cooking Appliances includes Gas Ovens
13. 7 Inspection and maintenance of cars start from air pressure in the tires 8 Removal of unnecessary load from car 9 Stop parking that disturbs running and 10 Understand own fuel cost 5 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion noted in Evaluation Criteria 4 b requires the fulfillment of the following a The driver has been informed of eco drive b A manager responsible for eco drive has been assigned manual has been created including the use of an existing manual and a system for promoting eco drive has been put in place Education and training regarding eco drive is being performed d Energy use is being maintained through the maintenance of operation o 280 records under the categories of driver and car type Inspection and maintenance of cars in Evaluation Criteria 4 c refers to the observance of the items outlined in the Regulations for Road Transportation and Delivery including daily and regular inspections as well as the establishing and execution of voluntary maintenance standards based on inspection and maintenance factors listed in Table The objective here is to secure an environment that can maintain energy efficiency in automobiles The appropriate proposal concerning the move transportation method of Factors for Consideration 1 applies to the contract type when the concrete suggestion is possible Fuel efficient low pollution cars in Factors for Consideration 3 b should be referred t
14. Glue solid Evaluation Criteria apply to the container or case only including refills Factors for Consideration 23 Glue tape Consumable parts can be replaced Files Evaluation Criteria If the primary material excluding metal is paper it must contain at least 70 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Otherwise item must fulfill at least one of below 1 Meets the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery 2 Clear holders must fulfill either the above criteria or must use vegetable based plastics whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed Factors for Consideration 1 Structure allows separation of cover and closing mechanism to enable reuse and recycling of components as well as their separate disposal 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood piec
15. Soil cement pillar line wall method of mud reducing in the evaluation criteria of this section is to be used for temporary construction Table 5 Other Item Type Evaluation Criteria etc Evaluation Criteria performance pavement Paving material that is capable of allowing rain water to permeate through the road surface to be discarded to drain pipes and reducing traffic noise Note To be used when reduction of traffic noise is needed Permeable Evaluation Criteria performance pavement Paving material that is capable of allowing rain water to permeate through the road surface Note To be used on roads without automobile traffic such as pedestrian paths that require rainwater to permeate through the surface Greening of Greening of Evaluation Criteria 1 Healthy growth of plants as well a bed for growth of plants 2 Contributes to improvement of the improvements by alleviating heat island phenomenon etc Factors for Consideration 1 Uses plants suited for rooftops 2 Structure must take into consideration the use of rain water for sprinklers as well as the securing of water and drainage for the plant beds Note To be placed on the roof of buildings etc 222 22 Services 22 1 Energy Conservation Diagnosis 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Energy Evaluation Criteria conservation Persons with a technical qualification listed in Table 1 or persons diagnosis acknowledged to have skil
16. August 23 1991 Ministry of Environment Notice No 46 there are no problems concerning the elution of toxic material such as heavy metals etc in the one that the product or the burned product of the reworked material used was crushed to 2 mm or less Factors for Consideration According to Regulation for Control of Soil Contamination May 29 2002 Regulation No 53 there are no problems concerning the content of toxic material such as heavy metals etc in the one that the product or 203 the burned product of the reworked material used was crushed to 2 mm or less Table Insert Category of recycled material to be used Preprocessing Method as raw material Quarry or kiln waste No preprocessing required Inorganic silica sand Steel slag Non ferrous slag Foundry sand Pottery shards Coal ash Waste plastic Building material waste Waste rubber Waste glass does not include colorless and brown glass bottles Paper sludge Aluminum sludge Polishing sand sludge Stone chips Municipal waste ashes Convert to molten slag Sewage sludge Convert to ashes or molten slag Waterworks sludge No preprocessing required Sludge from lakes etc Item Type Item Name Evaluation Criteria etc Doors and Heat Evaluation Criteria windows insulating Doors and windows that prevent loss of heat while sash doors meeting any of the following criteria e Sash using multiple glasses
17. Ea Bhi aed E A E E OO 6 2 Magnetic Dise Drive Units defaults abe GRU gU it iaedion et A Wala atu a tis TT 6 3 Displ ys rss ar a E E ewe roca E EEE EAT E EENS 79 6 4 Recording Medias cr secnaducansiauanehaonananenaculshanea NAE E a i 83 T Offce equipments Ete sorrera taiat Ee EA EE AEE TETERA E AS 85 Tel Paper Shredders eessen a E E A a aa 85 22 Digital D plicators sergen e cannes a een mace T el 87 T3 Clocks este han sun Wires E EE E EAA E a NN 90 7 4 Electronic Table Calculators cccccecceeceeeeeceeeceneeeeeeneeenesees 91 725 Batteries 2onscsacauecaicuweny NOTOR EEE EAE PEA EER EEES SREE 92 8 Mobile Telephones Etenn ea T E A a aa 94 9 Home Electronic Appliances sssesesesssserssssssssrrerrereesssssseserere 98 9 1 Electric Refrigerators etc sssseeeeseeererrereessssssrrerrrreessssssseer 98 9 2 Television Receivers Geier ee aed dav EAEn AAE EAR EA EEA EAE 101 9 3 El ctric Toilet Seats astanane e nA EEEE E EE 105 9 4 Mero WAVE OVENS isas onai iie si a e Bidens he E a ds 107 10 Air Conditioners tC ccc ccc cccc cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeueneues 109 LO Air CONG ONGIS 355 enin irait era AE A ARET ns lesa awa 109 10 2 Gas Heat Pump Air Conditioners 0 cc cece cece eee e neces ena eenees 113 10 3 Space Heaters 2 5 2 05 n t EEIE E AR E E EEEE A 115 tl Water Heaters ete accc 23 sancti eA caved obec da E T E E aE 117 11 1 Electric Hot Water Supply Systems
18. P lt 103 103 103 lt P 107 Concrete conditioners P lt 55 99 55 lt P lt 103 103 103 lt P lt 206 106 206 lt P 107 Asphalt finishers P lt 55 101 55 lt P lt 103 105 103 lt P 107 Concrete cutters 106 Air compressors P lt 55 101 55 lt P 105 Power generators P lt 55 98 55 lt P 102 220 Table 4 Construction Methods Item Type Evaluation Criteria etc Effective Effective Evaluation Criteria usage of soil usage of low The method decreases the amount of soil resulting from resulting quality soil construction to be transported off site by using clayey low from quality soil resulting from construction at the same construction construction site Recycling Evaluation Criteria treatment of treatment of 1 Method for reusing construction sludge obtained from a construction construction construction sites within the same site by recycling the sludge sludge into banking material and treated fluid soil 2 Liquation of hazardous material such as heavy metal etc must comply with measures against soil contamination Law No 53 dated May 29 2002 and the environmental standards for soil contamination Notification No 46 of the Ministry of Environment dated August 23 1991 Recycling Recycling Evaluation Criteria treatment of treatment of Method for reusing concrete masses obtained from a concrete concrete construction site within the same site by recycling the concrete masses masses ma
19. Specification for Onc ank 39 r Cold Region without Mula tank 78 PIN with One tank 2 3 320 L Specification for Multi tank 2 0 Cold Region a One tank 2 7 A Multi tank 2 3 Other than with Onetank E i Multi tank 2 8 Over Specification for 320 L Cold Region without Sk r iess Multi tank 2 8 than with One tank Dek 550 L Specification for Multi tank 2 3 Cold Region diout One tank 2 7 PARS Multi tank 2 3 One tank 2 9 ee wt Multi tank 2 5 Specification for Cold Region with One tank 27 Over Multi tank 2 5 550 L with One tank 2 4 Specification for Multi tank 2 1 Cold Region ithout One tank 2 5 ATON Multi tank 2 2 Other than with 2 4 Few RDOC MONSON Aion 2 8 Gps Cold Region P Specification for with 2 0 Cold Region without 2 4 Notes 1 Tank capacity denotes the tank capacity in volume based on JIS C 9220 which could storage water 2 Specification for Cold Region denotes a specification based on JIS C 9220 assumed to be used in terrible cold region in winter 3 Warm keep function denotes the circulation heating function for hot water of bath 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of heat pump style electric hot water supply system meeting the criteria to the total number of heat pump style electric hot water supply system to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 119 11 2 Gas Water Heaters 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Gas water heaters Evaluation Crite
20. This is the first step toward wider environmental conservation activities by the procurement entities The Government and Incorporated Administrative Agencies hereinafter referred to as the Government play a major role in the national economy and have huge influence on the other entities Their role is very important in promoting a ripple effect in the market by prioritizing and popularizing the purchase of eco friendly goods and services That is to say the Government s initiative promoting the planned purchase of eco friendly goods and services will have a priming effect expanding this commitment to local governments and the private sector promoting the shift in demand toward eco friendly goods and services in Japan as a whole The promotion of green purchasing based on this basic policy conforms to Article 24 Promotion of Use of Products Contributing to Reduction of Environmental Load of the Basic Environment Act Law No 91 1992 and Article 19 Promotion of Use of Recycled Articles of The Basic Act for Establishing a Sound Material Cycle Society Law No 110 2000 In consideration of the recent measures against global warming the Government needs to take the leadership in green purchasing more than the equal in the past based on Immediate Term Policy on the Countermeasures against Global Warming Global Warming Prevention Headquarters decision March 15 2013 1 2 Basic Approach toward the Promotion of Gr
21. Western style toilets Concrete form Form utilizing recycled material Plywood form Low emission construction Table 3 Construction N A machines machines Low noise construction machines Effective Effective usage of low Table 4 usage of soil quality soil resulting from construction Coito Recycling Recycling treatment of treatment of construction sludge methods construction sludge Recycling Recycling treatment of treatment of concrete masses concrete masses 193 Pavement Road surface recycling surface method Pavement Roadbed recycling method roadbed Slope surface Slope surfaces greening greening method using thinning wood method or soil obtained from construction process Sheathing Soil cement pillar line wall method method of reducing mad Others High Porous pavement Table 5 performance paving Permeable pavement material Greening of rooftops Greening of rooftops 194 Table 2 Materials Item Type Item Name Evaluation Criteria etc Banking Treated soil Evaluation Criteria materials etc recycled 1 Must be treated soil recycled from construction dirt from 2 Content and elution of toxic material such as heavy construction metals etc must fulfill Regulation for Control of sludge Soil Contamination May 29 2002 Regulation No 53 and Environmental Standards for Soil Contamination Augu
22. bleaching Factors for Consideration If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Reinforcement labels for hole punch pages Factors for Consideration Use of soluble and dispersible adhesive in water or in the weak alkaline water solution and no resin laminate processing Adhesive labels Indexes Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is paper recycled pulp must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding the 21 Self stick removable notes adhesive portion If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Otherwise item must meet the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration 1 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood u
23. cartilaginous carps Part 1 Still water method Part 2 Partially still water method Part 3 Streaming method OECD Organization for Economic Co Operation and Development e 203 Acute toxicity test for fish For testing of insoluble products WAF Water Accommodated Fraction or WSF Water Soluble Fraction that have been prepared in accordance with ASTM D6081 Standard Practice for Aquatic Toxicity Testing of Lubricants Sample Preparation and Results Interpretation may be used The 96hour LL50 value need to be 100mg I or higher for this purpose 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio per each category of the amount liters meeting the criteria to the total amount liters to be purchased in the fiscal year 149 14 Fire Extinguishers 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Fire extinguishers Evaluation Criteria 1 Fire protection fluid shall use no less than 40 by weight of recycled material 2 A system is in place for collection and reuse recycling of used materials and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible is used as coating 4 Packa
24. consideration as stockpiles for disaster 4 Each procurement organization must take into account the following a In procuring stockpiles for disaster design a system for storage and purchase of products based on their expiration date to enable adequate maintenance and regular renewal of storage and purchase quantities b In order to lengthen the storage time of products consider a contract method that for example allows a set amount of time until delivery date so that the supplier may prepare products that are as new as possible Table Smallest Average Duration for Disposable Batteries Smallest Average Duration IEC designation oes Initial Usage After 12 Months size height oad Resistance Storage and diameter Q Recommended Period of Usage D 1 5 520minutes 465minutes 61 5mm 600 Discharged 34 2mm electricity pines onus 187 10 85hours 76hours 2 2 16hours 14hours 2 oElecuical toreh 800minutes 720minutes requirement C 400mA Discharged 50 0mm electricity a Chouts dekoni 26 2mm 20 80hours 72hours 2 AMG TOTUBE 14hours 12hours machine toy 43 60hours 54hours 3 9 5 0hours 4 5hours OOTA DI Schiareed 15hours 13 5hours electricity AA zo sonererd 5 0hours 4 Shours 50 5mm electricity 14 5mm LogomADischareed ines 195times electricity 1 500mW 650mW 40times 36times 24 33hours 29hours 3 3 190minutes 170minutes a oe
25. criteria of this section a Those that use thermo element b Those that were manufactured for professional use c Those that use an absorber Fluorocarbons are the materials defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation 98 and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 However Evaluation Criteria 3 does not apply to Electric freezers 5 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the pr
26. of the energy conservation type must be attempted Note 1 Laundry and dry cleaning under consideration in the Evaluation Criteria in this section denotes the cleaning business based on the Law of cleaning business Act No 207 of 1950 However Evaluation Criteria in this section is not applied to the cleaning of the product that the procurement destination does concerned when procuring as other items such as Blankets Comforters and Mops by lease or rental agreements 2 Drain water means the steam saturated steam is the one that the state changed into the flocculated water by radiating heat and using heat 3 Eco drive refers to Recommendation for Eco drive 10 published by Eco drive Popularization Network October 2012 Note 1 Soft accelerator e start 2 Keep a distance between cars and driving with little acceleration and deceleration 3 Early stopping of acceleration when deceleration 4 Appropriate use of air conditioner 5 Stop a useless idling 6 Avoid getting congested have time and leave 7 Inspection and maintenance of cars start from air pressure in the tires 8 Removal of unnecessary load from car 9 Stop parking that disturbs running and 10 Understand own fuel cost 4 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 requires the fulfillment of the following a The driver has been informed of eco drive b A manager responsible for ec
27. sensors Twice or more per year Twice or more per year Maintenance of COP value efficiency in equipments As needed Cold and hot water generators absorption freezers Optimization and maintenance of airtight components of the equipment As needed As needed Cleaning tube interior of equipments including chemical and brush cleansing of vaporizers and condensers Twice or more per year Twice or more per year 255 Cooling tower Maintenance and inspection of measuring instruments including thermometers and pressure gauges Twice or more per year Twice or more per year Maintenance of function inspection and maintenance of measuring equipments including manometers and sensors Twice or more per year Twice or more per year Maintenance of COP value efficiency in equipments Management and removal of filth from fillers management of water quality As needed As needed As needed Cleaning of cooling tower tank As needed As needed Maintenance of chemical components in cooling water As needed As needed Pump related Optimization of operation start stop pressure and water flow for secondary pump As needed Optimization of water quantity in ground packing etc Once or more per month Once or more per month Maintenance of insulation material
28. 2 should be referred to 13 1 Vehicles in this Basic Policy 9 Those who are undertaking by contract part of the transportation and delivery refers to cases where part of transportation and delivery operation under consideration here is being undertaken for the services concerned 262 Table Inspection and Maintenance Items for Environmental Preservation Including Maintenance of Automobile Energy Efficiency etc Promotional structure for inspection and maintenance Inspection and maintenance is conducted in accordance with specified operation plan and the results are recorded A system is put in place to review the contents of inspection and maintenance based on the results of inspection and maintenance Adequate inspection and maintenance of automobiles E When commissioning inspection and maintenance to a maintenance business maintain an understanding of the automobile condition on a daily basis and relay the condition when commissioning E Conduct inspection and maintenance when an increase in black smoke is confirmed by the eye WE When the air conditioner gas is considered to have decreased based on the effectiveness of the car air conditioner conduct inspection and maintenance of the car air conditioner in order to prevent the discharge of chlorofluorocarbon into the atmosphere Inspection and maintenance based on voluntary maintenance standards Air cleaner
29. 200 voltages 4 Products with interior height of less than 135 millimeters 5 Products that are integrated into system kitchens etc Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 107 5 In order to manage chemical substances adequately each procurement organization is to manage and maintain content information of specific chemical substances until the item in question is discarded Table Standard Energy Consumpt
30. 3 1 Mode Weightings for Desktop Integrated Desktop Computers and Thin Clients Proxy Capability Full Network Connectivity i Service Mode Conventional Base Remote Discovery Full Capability Wake Name Capability Services Torr 45 40 30 25 20 Ts 5 15 28 36 45 Tu 15 12 10 8 5 Ts1 35 33 32 31 30 Proxy Capability Full Network Connectivity The ability of the computer to maintain network presence while in Sleep Mode or an alternative low power mode LPM with power less than or equal to 10 watts and intelligently wake when further processing is required Same applies to Table 3 2 a Base Capability To maintain addresses and presence on the network 173 Table 3 2 Mode Weightings for Notebook Computers while in low power mode the system handles Internet Protocol IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NS ND b Remote Wake While in low power mode the system is capable of remotely waking upon request from outside the local network Includes Base Capability c Service Discovery Name Services While in low power mode the system allows for advertising host services and network name Includes Base Capability d Full Capability While in low power mode the system supports Base Capability Remote Wake and Service Discovery Name Services Proxy Capability Full Network Connectivity Service
31. 5 lt ipm lt 24 lt 0 07Xipm 0 05 24 lt ipm lt 30 ard cs i Integral to the base product or optional aape lt 0 11xipm 1 15 accessory 37 lt ipm lt 50 50 lt ipm lt 80 lt 0 25xipm 8 15 a Ipee Pass Pie 80 lt ipm lt 0 6xipm 36 15 38 Table 2 2 Standards for energy consumption for Color multifunction devices excluding large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm Standards kWh EE Ainslie ipm lt 10 lt 1 5 10 lt ipm lt 15 lt 0 1xipm 0 5 Not applied 15 lt ipm lt 19 ieee 19 lt ipm lt 30 aie ery Integral to the base product or optional a lt 0 2xipm 2 05 accessory 35 lt ipm lt 70 70 lt ipm lt 80 Ga a eo hg base f product 80 lt ipm lt 0 75xipm 41 05 Table 3 Standards for time required to switch into sleep energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep and energy consumption at standby for large format copiers large format upgradeable digital copiers or large format multifunction devices Product speed Time required to eo reo nea Energy consumption ipm switch into sleep ase 8 at standby engine at sleep ipm lt 30 30 minutes Z 2 30 lt ipm 60 minutes SSN Waw Note 1 Sleep denotes the energy saving mode into which the machine will switch after a set time of inactivity without turning off the power 2 The standard of the power consumption at sleep is calculated addin
32. 651kg or more but less than1 761kg 9 1km L Bl 1 761kg or more but less than1 871kg ee 1 871kg or more 8 5km L Note 1 The term Structure A in this table refers to structures that meet to all of the criteria listed below The same applies below a The value obtained by dividing maximum authorized freight mass by gross vehicle weight is 0 3 or less b The passenger seating section and the cargo carrying section are installed in the same vehicle compartment and the said compartment and the exterior are separated by a fixed roof and dividing walls such as window glass etc c The engine is located in front of the driver s compartment 2 The term Structure B in this table refers to all structures other than Structure A The same applies below 3 The term Structure B1 in this table refers to all structures that fulfill the requirements set forth in 1b The same applies below 4 The term Structure B2 in this table refers to all structures other than B1 The same applies below Table5 Standard Fuel Efficiency in JC08 Mode for Diesel Small Freight Vehicles Category Standard fuel Type of motor Type of Vehicle weight Structure of efficiency vehicle transmission motor vehicle minimum Mini size Manual Less than 741kg 25 5 km l Tereh 741kg or more 22 3 km l vehicle Other than Less than 741 kg N 23 0 km l mangal 741 kg or more but 21 6 km l less than 856 kg
33. 8 Passenger vehicles and Small buses a Gasoline vehicles Passenger vehicles meet the emission standards listed in Table 1 and shall meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 2 1 Passenger vehicles with a riding capacity of 11 persons or more with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or less hereinafter referred to as Small buses shall meet the emission standards listed in Table 1 and shall meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 3 b Diesel vehicles Small buses meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 3 9 Small freight vehicles a Gasoline vehicles Freight vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or less hereinafter referred to as Small freight vehicles meet the emission standards listed in Table 1 and meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 4 1 b Diesel vehicles Small freight vehicles meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 5 10 Heavy vehicles a Passenger vehicles with a riding capacity of 11 persons or more with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or more meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 6 b Freight vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or more excluding traction engine Hereinafter referred 137 to as Trucks meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 7 c Freight vehicles with a
34. Appendix 3 7 of Rules for Indicating Quality of Domestic Products and are wall mounted non ducted type excluding multi types with ability to control indoor units individually with cooling ability of 4 0kW or lower does not fall below the energy consumption rate from Table 1 multiplied by 114 100 calculated to two decimal places and then rounded off to one decimal place 2 Energy consumption efficiency of domestic air conditioners that do not fit into criteria 1 does not fall below the energy consumption rate from Table 2 multiplied by 114 100 calculated to two decimal places and then rounded off to one decimal place 3 Energy consumption efficiency of industrial air conditioners does not fall below the applicable basic energy consumption of Table 3 or the energy consumption rate from Table 3 multiplied by 88 100 calculated to two decimal places and then rounded off to one decimal place 4 Substances that harm the ozone layer are not used for the refrigerant 5 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 Global warming potentials of the materials used for the refrigerant of domestic air conditioners are 750 or smaller The material with a small global warming potential to the extent possible are used for the refrigerant for commercial air conditioners 2 The item is designed with consideratio
35. In view of the maximum reduction of environmental impact a wide range of environmental factors including global warming air pollution waste and the decrease of biodiversity need to be considered in as holistic a manner as possible At the same time goods and services must be selected in consideration of the reduction of the environmental impact throughout the product lifecycle from resource acquisition to disposal With regards to areas with specific environmental issues such as local air pollution such local environmental issues may be considered with priority in making purchasing decisions 3 Respecting Article 11 of Act on Green Purchasing each institution shall take care that the purchase of environmental goods and services based on Act on Green Purchasing does not increase the total purchasing amount of goods and services Each institution shall strive to use goods and services reasonably in order to keep the total purchasing amount of goods and services to a minimum Additionally each institution shall strive to realize the expected reduction of environmental impact of the purchased environmental goods and services considering their long term use proper use and separate disposal Additionally each institution shall carefully consider that green purchasing does not pose unnecessary impediment on international trade taking compliance with the WTO Agreement on Government Procurement particularly the stipulations of Article 10 Techn
36. Twice or more per year Twice or more per year 256 Suspension of operation as needed for three or As needed four pipe equipment Heat Optimization in As needed storage quantity of water tank and ice heat storage in heat storage tank Optimization of As needed temperature distribution in tank Fan coil Optimized In operation of accordance perimeter fan coils with season time period and outdoor temperature temperature setting Periodic cleaning Once or Once or of air filters more per more per month month Period cleaning of Twice or Twice or cold and hot water more per more per fin coils year year Ventilation of air As needed conditioners removal of obstructive material from vents Air cooled Period cleaning of Once or Once or heat pumps outdoor unit fin more per more per coils year year Period cleaning of Once or Once or indoor unit fin more per more per coils year year Period cleaning of Once or Once or indoor unit air more per more per filters month month 257 Confirmation and Daily maintenance of operation conditions including operation pressure and operation current Cleaning of heat Twice or Twice or transformer more per more per year year Suspension In Seasonally measures for heat accordance transformer with season operation and outdoor temperature
37. Water cool Periodic cleaning Once or Once or ed of indoor unit fin more per more per packaging coil year year method Periodic cleaning Once or Once or of air filters more per more per month month Confirmation and Daily maintenance of operation conditions including operation pressure and operation current Cleaning of heat Twice or Twice or transformer more per more per year year Suspension In Seasonally measures for heat accordance transformer with season operation and outdoor temperature Chemical Once or Once or cleansing of more per more per cooling water year year Others Energy Daily conservation in vending machines turning off illumination turning off the machine at night 258 Turning off switches of OA equipments during lunch time etc Daily Efficient use of blinds and curtains Daily Understanding of energy data necessary for energy conservation Daily Once or more per month Note 1 Daily periodic inspection are items that can be handled through daily inspection and periodic inspection operation 2 User cooperation are items that can be handled through requesting cooperation from facility user workers and visitors 3 Management and operation are items that can be handled through management and operation of facilities equipments etc 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of jobs per category
38. air conditioners i Air conditioners designed for use in automobiles and other vehicles j Duct air control system for highly airtight and highly insulated k Structure includes regenerator includes those that are also used for heating exclusively for the purpose of storing heat for cooling l Structure operates compressor fan and other major components by electricity generated by own solar cell module m One having floor heating function or hot water supply function n Heat recovery method multi air conditioner 2 Multi type air conditioners refer to a type that has two or more indoor units connected to an outdoor unit 3 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 4 Item 5 in Evaluation Criteria will apply to unit type air conditioners excludes packaged types the standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories i
39. amount of shadow on the standard condition module or sunlight conditions and the decrease in generated energy Influence of temperature note specifically the correspondence between module temperature and the decrease in 176 generated energy Climatic conditions geographic conditions note specifically the correspondence between climatic and geographic conditions and amount of generated energy Others note specifically losses due to wiring and stains on the reception surface Peripheries Power conditioner Format nominal capacity output energy method frequency system connecting method etc Connector box Format etc Connector protection Possible installation methods device Secondary cell Whether used or not If used method of collection and recycling Requirements Maintenance and testing Scope and method for Repair Scope and method maintenance testing and repair Modules and Disposal Method of disposal points to consider peripheries when disposing etc Warranty condition Warranty period etc Appendix Table 2 Items for Display of Information Regarding Solar Heating Systems Category Articles Items for confirmation Energy Display of method of Estimated amount of energy collected collector estimation for amount of annually energy collected Conditions for calculation sunlight data used loss of solar cell and power co
40. appropriate portion i e ink it to be excluded from the total product weight 11 Adhesive part denotes the surface of labels etc that are treated with a pressure sensitive adhesive The adhesive and the backing paper or material is to be excluded from the total product weight 12 Fluorocarbons under consideration in the Evaluation Criteria for Dust blowers are defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Available materials include Carbon Dioxide Dimethyl Ether and Hydro Fluoro Olefin HFO 1234 13 Evaluation Criteria for Dust blowers apply to the designated products prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 2 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 14 Media cases under consideration denotes dose for use with CD DVD and BD 15 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining
41. as possible A system is in place for the repair and for the storage of replaceable parts for parts other than the main body and expendables The use of halogenenate noncombustibles on the casing is as minimized as possible The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used for the casing or the parts including the recharger Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental 94 impact upon disposal 7 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note l 7 Cellular Phones under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote a mobile station telephone device that connects with cellular phone wireless base station by mobile station telephone and is installed in the device portable used for ordinary administrative tasks PHS under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote a mobile station telephone device that connects with wireless base station public by mobile station telephone and is installed in the device portable used for ordinary administrative tasks Smart Phones under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote a terminal that combined portable terminal with the cellular phone or PHS the voice call function and the Web browse function are attached and users can extend features the
42. broke ePaper kept in at the paper mills or operational sites and used as raw material so called Stored Mill Broke eThe one provided for by Proviso in definition of the above mentioned as pre consumer recycled paper Paper Paper industry 142 specified in a middle classification by a 16 manufacture classification of Japan Standard Industry Classification No 175 of the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications Notification on March 23 2009 classified Paper manufacturing 1421 Corrugated board manufacturing 1422 Machine made Japanese style paper 1423 and Hand made Japanese paper manufacturing 1424 in the small classification Subsidiary companies related companies affiliates and The one stipulated in each paragraph of Article 8 of Regulations Concerning Terminology Forms and Preparation Methods of Consolidated Financial Statements based on the regulations Article 193 of Financial Instruments and Exchange Act Law No 25 1948 lt The definition of the percentage of recycled paper pulp content gt The percentage of recycled paper pulp content recycled pulp virgin pulptrecycled pulp X 100 Pulp containing 10 moisture is used to measure the weight Mill broke shall not be included in the denominator and numerator respectively of the calculating formula above 3 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the amount of goods of a certain type in kg that
43. c Education and training regarding eco drive is being performed d Energy use is being maintained through the maintenance of operation records under the categories of driver and car type 3 Inspection and maintenance of cars in Evaluation Criteria 3 refers to the observance of the items outlined in the Regulations for Road Transportation and Delivery including daily and regular inspections as well as the establishing and execution of voluntary maintenance standards based on inspection and maintenance factors listed in Table The objective here is to secure an environment that can maintain energy efficiency in automobiles 4 Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in passenger transportation and decrease in traveling distance of non passenger occupied cars noted in Evaluation Criteria 4 require the fulfillment of the following General charted passenger automobiles must fulfill items a and b below a An energy efficient route is selected beforehand and the driver is notified thereof b An appropriate automobile type taking into account number of passengers to transport and regional characteristics is selected General passenger automobiles must fulfill item c below c Dispatching of automobiles utilizes wireless transmission Otherwise a system is put in place that enables communication with the driver through other means of communication or information devices 5 Fuel efficient low pollution cars noted in Factors fo
44. cars excluding motorcycles Article 2 of Road Transportation Vehicle Law Enforcement Rule No 74 of Transportation Ministerial Ordinance on August 16 1951 For Hybrid vehicles and Clean diesel vehicles if it shall not meet the standards of fuel efficiency for their classification in each tables corresponding to the fuel kind and the model of vehicles it does not assumed to meet the evaluation criteria in this section Gross vehicle weight denotes the total vehicle weight in accordance with Article 40 of Road Transportation Vehicle Law Enforcement Rule The same applies below Factors for consideration 1 apply to the designated products defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 2 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Global warming potential in this section denotes the numerical value that showed degree to which is heat trapping gas brings global warming in ratio to which carbon dioxide brings global warming Rare metals refers to the 31 types of metals the seventeen rare earth elements are 138 considered as one metal type specified at the Special Meeting for the Comprehensive Assessment of Rare Metals at the Mining Panel of the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry The eco drive support function is such as support functions to those who drive about the best accelerator operation shift change display of eco drive execution condition functions of analy
45. cold more per more per water fin coils year year Elimination of As needed obstructive objects from the vent area 252 Application of warm up control Increase in thermostat temperature by 2 3 degrees C Daily In accordance with season and outdoor after air temperature conditioner has started up and is running normally Natural In ventilation accordance through opening with season and closing of and outdoor windows temperature Application of In night purge accordance with season and outdoor temperature Prevention of As needed As needed short circuiting Enforcement of As needed As needed scheduled operation Prevention of air Once or Once or and water leakage more per more per from ducts year year thorough enforcement of maintenance of insulation material Cleaning and Twice or Twice or maintenance of more per more per heat interchanger year year Suspension of In Seasonally heat interchanger accordance operation with season and outdoor temperature Optimization of Daily zero energy band Central air Energy efficient Daily conditionin water temperature g system management higher for cold water lower for hot water 253 Controlled operation of maximum temperature difference operation reduction of pump transportation ability As needed Periodic water quality management in
46. collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of tents that use polyester fiber or tarps that use polyethylene fiber meeting the criteria to the total number of tents that use polyester fiber or tarps that use polyethylene fiber to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 167 18 2 Safety Nets 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Safety nets Evaluation criteria All fiber products natural and chemical that use polyester fiber polyethylene fiber or synthetic fiber made from vegetable shall meet the following 1 Polyester fiber products must fulfill one of the following a Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fiber accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers b Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 At least 50 by weight of fiber used in polyethylene fiber products shall be recycled polyethylene 3 Products whose fiber content includes synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductive effect of environmental load
47. compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether Evaluation Criteria 3 is to be applied to personal computer monitors The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 79 5 In order to manage chemical substances adequately each procurement organization is to manage and maintain content information of specific chemical substances until the machine is discarded Table 1 Standard Energy Consumption at on mode for Displays Product Type and Energy consumption where Energy consumption where Diagonal Screen Dp lt 20 000 Dp gt 20 000 Size d in inches in watts in w
48. criteria will not be considered as Self ballasted fluorescent lamp under consideration in the evaluation criteria a Ones structured as to have a reflector b Ones having a function to regulate light c Ones designed for use in henhouse d Ones allowing separation of fluorescent lamp 135 e Ones whose globe for fluorescent lamp protection is transparent 2 Fluorescent lamp size category refers to the category of size prescribed under JIS C 7620 2 3 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of International Trade and Industry notification No 54 March 19 2010 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of each item meeting the criteria to the total number of items to be purchased in the fiscal year 136 13 Vehicles etc 13 1 Vehicles 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Vehicles Evaluation criteria Vehicles generate significantly less environmental impact compared to average vehicles by using new technologies etc and fall into one of the following categories 1 Electric vehicles 2 Natural gas vehicles 3 Hybrid vehicles 4 Plug in hybrid vehicles 5 Fuel cell vehicles 6 Hydrogen vehicles 7 Clean diesel vehicles limited to with a riding capacity of 10 persons or less hereinafter referred to as Passenger vehicles The same applies below
49. diameter of 12cm Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the 83 lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of recording medias meeting th
50. during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 10 Each procurement organization is to take the following into careful account a When procuring consider the objective of use and business type in order to determine the necessary type and function b Consider the type of contract that would enable the minimum amount necessary for manuals and accessories c Confirm and consider the factors for consideration 59 specified in the user s manual when procuring the merchandise when using and disposing d Ifasystem for the collection of used lamps or products is in pace proper disposals of them should be done by utilizing the system Table 1 The Standard of the Weight of Product Main Body Number of lamps as a Calculation formula of Enccuve Mux Cm light source standard of weight kg lt 2 500 4 0xa 2 500 lt 6 lt 4 000 2 5 0xa One 0 003 6 x a SOS ONY Two or more 0 003 x ax1 1 Note 1 a is a factor and is assumed 1 2 for short focus projector 1 0 for others 2 For the super short focus projector whose effective flux is under 4 0001m the standard of weight is 7 5kg regardless of the calculation formula of standard of weight Table2 The Standard of the Power Consumption f Calculation formula of standard of power Effective Flux g I
51. e Double sash e Door using insulation material or other effective method of insulation Factors for Consideration Using insulation in the sash frame and the shoji or the measures of effective insulation anything like this must be taken or well insulated material is used 204 Lumber etc Lumber Evaluation Criteria 1 Lumber from thinning and left over forest wood must have a small diameter 2 For cases other than 1 the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin Factors for Consideration Lumber that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation Lumber obtained from thinning left over forest wood and lumber with a small diameter will not be included Glued laminated timber Plywood Laminated veneer lumber Evaluation Criteria 1 Lumber from thinning glued laminated timber left over wood blocks from wood processing factories etc left over forest wood must contain 10 or more by volume of those with a small diameter For lumber other than described above the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 2 For cases other than 1 the pulpwood used with the exception of lumber obtained from thinning left over forest wood and lumber with a small diameter is
52. equipment Fluorocarbons are defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Landscape management under consideration in Evaluation Criteria refers to the management of landscaping around government office buildings etc and rooftop landscaping etc A system for comprehensive management of vermin and harmful insects and weeds in Evaluation Criteria 2 of Landscape Management refers to a system that considers comprehensively the reduction of load upon health and environment while taking financial efficiency in consideration Measures include research of outbreak conditions early detection of damage and selection of physical removal strategies including pruning and catch and kill Evaluation Criteria 2 and 3 of Landscape Management should conform to Use of Agricultural Chemicals in Residential Districts No 175 April 26 2013 decision No 242 1304261 joint notice by Director of Consumption and Safety of Ministry of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries and Director of Water and Atmospheric Environment of Ministry of Environment related such as information provision for the dissemination facilities manager who lies use of pesticides and for the surrounding area splash prevention and retention of records for agricultural chemicals Cleaning Evaluation Criteria 1 2 3 4 5
53. ey 130minutes 115minutes requirement 24 14 5hours 13 0hours AAA gt i Mo POURS 2 0hours 1 8hours ha Genet machine toy 0 i R 75 44hours 39hours ooma pcharged 170times 150times electricity ee pehareed 7 0hours 6 3hours electricity Emergency portable fuel Evaluation Criteria 1 Expiration date is over five years later 2 Name ingredients content amount expiration date recommended method of storage and name of manufacturer are listed Factors for Consideration Packaging and container of product is as simple as possible and has been considered for ease of reuse and the reduction of environmental load Note 1 If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from consideration as stockpiles for disaster 188 2 Each procurement organization must take into account the following a In procuring stockpiles for disaster design a system for storage and purchase of products based on their expiration date to enable adequate maintenance and regular renewal of storage and purchase quantities b In order to lengthen the storage time of products consider a contract method that for example allows a set amount of time until delivery date so that the supplier may prepare products that are as new as possible Portable generators Evaluation Criteria 1 Must fulfill one of the following a For generators have a gasoline engine include the on
54. fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should use unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Comforters Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill one of the following 1 Comforters that use either as fiber natural and chemical for both cover and filling polyester fiber products must fulfill one of the following a Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers of comforter s cover and the filling If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers of comforter s cover and the filling accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers of comforter s cover and the filling and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers b Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials a
55. for emergency lighting equipment each procurement organization must confirm the applicability of the equipment enough 134 Table 1 Standard of Lamp Efficiency for Bulb shaped LED Lamps Light source color Lamp efficiency Daylight Daylight white 801m W or more White Warm white 701m W or more Usual electric bulb color Note For the Bulb shaped LED lamps regulate amount of light and light color temperature the standard of the lamp efficiency is the value in which 5lm W is subtracted from the applicable category of light source color in Table 1 The lamp efficiency of that is assumed to be the ratio calculated from the total luminous flux at the maximum power consumption Table 2 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency of Self ballasted Fluorescent Lamp Category Standard Fluorescent Light source color energy lamp size of Shape of fluorescent lamp consumption category Fluorescent lamp efficiency Usual electric bulb 60 6 10 color Daylight white 58 1 Daylight 55 0 Usual electric bulb 67 5 15 color Daylight white 65 0 Daylight 60 8 Mual alean bulb Fluorescent lamp is exposed 72 4 Fluorescent lamp is not color 69 1 exposed Fluorescent lamp is exposed 69 5 25 Daylight white Fluorescent lamp is not 66 4 exposed Fluorescent lamp is exposed 65 2 Daylight Fluorescent lamp is not 62 3 exposed Note 1 Equipments that meet any of the following
56. from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product and synthetic fiber or plastics made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins or synthetic fiber made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects Biodegradable denotes the performance of no less than 60 according to biodegradability examination OECD 301C JIS K 6950 JIS K 6951 JIS K 6953 and JIS K 6955 etc The examination period depends for the period that each examination method provides Non biodegradable denotes the performance of no biodegradability Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The man
57. gross weight of 3 5 tons or more limited to traction engine Hereinafter referred to as Tractors meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 8 11 LP gas vehicles a Passenger vehicles shall meet the emission standards listed in Table 1 and meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 9 b Small freight vehicles limited to with a gross weight of 2 5 tons or less meet the emission standards listed in Table and shall meet the standard fuel efficiency of the applicable category in Table 10 Factors for Consideration 1 Global warming potential of the material used for air conditioner is 150 or small 2 The amounts of lead are reduced as much as possible excluding those used in battery 3 The item is designed for long term use taking into account conservation of resources so that reuse of its materials is facilitated after its useful life based on the evaluation criteria of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources Especially if the components include rare metals reusing them should be taken into consideration when designing the products 4 The item uses recycled material as much as possible 5 The item is designed and manufactured as an idling stop and start car 6 The eco drive support function is installed Note l Vehicles under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section include passenger cars small size cars and mini sized
58. has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used Factors for consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note l 2 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories of metal parts etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product and synthetic fiber or plastics made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins or synthetic fiber made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects Recycled polyethylene denotes part or all of polyethylene once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes howeve
59. has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 6 Evaluation Criteria 3 does not apply to the products for business use heat pump style electric hot water supply system However substances harmful to the ozone layer not used 7 Evaluation criteria 1 for residential use heat pump style electric hot water supply system one year transition period will be applied in the fiscal year 2015 the products may considered as a specified procurement goods when they meet the Evaluation Criteria 1 of Heat pump style electric hot water supply system stated in Basic Policy on Promoting Green Purchasing Cabinet Decision February 5 2013 The period of time for which the exception is applicable will be determined in consideration with market movement Table Standard of Energy Consumption for Residential Use Heat Pump Style Electric Hot Water Supply System Assumed Standard of number of nie Specification wane rp Tank number eee ee household 4 gety function consumption efficiency One tank 2 8 See as ss Multi tank 24 Specification for Normal Fe Cold Region without One tank 3 0 asan an Multi tank 2 6 240 L l Specification for With one tuk ae Cold Region Multi tank 2 0 i without One tank 2 6 118 Multi tank 2 3 Other than with Onetank aR Multi tank 2 8 Over
60. hot and cold water as well as cooling water prevention of decrease in ratio of heat transmission Once or more per month Once or more per month Suspension of heat source machine operation 30 minutes prior to turning off the air conditioning system Daily Boilers Optimization of combustion equipments including air ratio exhaust gas temperature etc As needed As needed Cleaning of heat transmission surfaces removal of scales etc Once or more per year Once or more per year Maintenance of heat transmission surfaces Once or more per month Once or more per month Boiler water quality management Once or more per month Once or more per month Maintenance of steam trap function drain recovery Once or more per month Once or more per month 254 Maintenance of COP value efficiency in equipments As needed Freezers Optimization of freezer operation pressure As needed As needed Cleaning tube interior of equipments including chemical and brush cleansing of vaporizers and condensers AS appropriate AS appropriate Maintenance and inspection of measuring instruments including thermometers and pressure gauges Twice or more per year Twice or more per year Maintenance of function inspection and maintenance of measuring equipments including manometers and
61. in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 3 The composite rating and its breakdown index or additional rating as well as rating for each index item must be listed on the product When it is not possible to list the rating and its breakdown on the product the information must be readily available on website etc which should be clearly noted Factors for Consideration 1 The recycled pulp content is as high as possible 2 When virgin pulp is used as material the pulpwood must be produced from forests that are operated using sustainable methods The content of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others is to be as high as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Pulp used in accordance with method of procurement of materials with sustainable goals denotes one of the following a Pulp used in accordance with policies for procuring pulpwood only from those forests which are operated in accordance with the viewpoint to use forest material both cyclically an
62. in one module Irradiance 1000W m2 The total area of one cell includes non power generation part in the cell However the total area of one cell as to thin film silicon solar cell and compound semiconductor solar cell excludes the integrated part Rated load factor and Partial load factor are to be calculated in accordance with JIS C 8961 Collection amount is to be calculated in accordance with JIS A 4112 Solar heating system that fills JIS A 4112 meet this criteria Confirmation of eligibility confirmation examination and of model attestation of solar cell module will be determined in accordance with JIS C 8990 or JIS C 8991 Each procurement organization should take the following into full consideration 175 For proper understanding and management of power generated or collected the information in the installment report items in Tables and 2 obtained at the time of procurement must be maintained and preserved until the product is discarded Installation requirements and methods of the equipment for power generation or collection must be fully considered upon procurement Excess enlargement of platform for installation should be avoided For the introduction of solar power generation systems adequate installation requirements and methods must be considered by taking into full consideration the characteristics of the solar cell For the introduction of thin membrane solar cells reduction of environmental load such as the a
63. internal and external power supplies of Mailing Machines and 0 02 x Power N A N A Standard Format products POUT Supply using Inkjet and Impact 10 0 marking technologies with nameplate output power POUT greater than 10 watts Touch i Panel N A N A Applies to both monochrome 0 2 Di and color touch panel displays isplay Includes any high capacity Internal storage product including Disk N A N A hard disk and solid state drives 0 15 Drives Does not cover interfaces to external drives Note Among adder type the number of allowances claimed for interface functional adders including any fax capability is 2 or less and the number of allowances of any non interface functional adders is unlimited 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of fax machines meeting the criteria to the total number of fax machines to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 54 5 4 Scanners 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Scanners Evaluation Criteria 1 Meet the standard of applicable category in Table 1 2 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collection and reuse recycling of used machines and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials sep
64. is created by decomposing and creating into linear form Evaluation criteria for bed frames were determined for products whose primary material other than metal is plastic wood or paper Under consideration in the evaluation criteria it does not include products whose primary material is metal and does not use plastic wood or paper When purchasing bed frame and mattress as a unit each part shall comply to the respective criteria above Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of bed frames mattresses and bed frames and mattresses acquired as a unit meeting the criteria to the total number of those to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 164 17 Work Gloves 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Work gloves
65. is under consideration in the evaluation criteria refers to the prevention of animals etc including mice insects and foreign life that can potentially cause damage to people s health in government office buildings based on Laws Concerning the Securing of Hygienic Environment in Buildings Hygiene Law Concerning Architecture 247 Table Examples of Energy Efficient Strategies for Management and Use of Government Buildings Facilities Energy Efficient Strategies examples Standards for Management examples Stationed Manage ment Non Stationed Manage ment 1 Daily periodi c inspec tion 2 User co operati on 3 Manag ement and operati on Receiving and transformin g electricity Reconsideration of interior temperature of substations Seasonally Frequent manual adjustment based on demand As needed Thorough management of power factor using phase acceleration condensers for manual types As needed Lighting facilities Avoiding excessive lighting in workspace selective lighting in window area Based on usage Based on usage Turning off or selective lighting in hallways Based on usage Based on usage Turning off lights in un occupied restrooms and kitchens Daily Turning off lights in empty rooms and storage Daily AS appropriate Turning off lights during lunch break Daily
66. load has been confirmed Discharge rate of no greater than 0 02 mg m7 h or the equivalent denotes the following Beds for domestic use which meet this formaldehyde discharge according to JIS S 1102 fill this standard a Wood material with a corresponding Japan Industrial Standard or Japan Agricultural Standards whose criteria for formaldehyde discharge is regulated must meet the criteria for Fry vx yx b Wood material that does not qualify for the standards outlined in item a above must satisfy the below numbers when evaluated according to the method determined by JIS A 1460 Average Maximum 0 5 mg L 0 7 mg L Synthetic fiber whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle 9 Felt denotes items created by forming linear fiber material into a sheet by needle punch processing method This does not include items that use thermoplastic material or 13 14 employ a bonding agent 10 11 materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use 12 Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Reconstructed fiber
67. lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 As for Particle board and Fiberboard concerning Evaluation Criteria 3 materials 207 that meet the standard of F four stars based on JIS A 5908 and A 5905 fill this criteria Vinyl floor Vinyl floor Evaluation Criteria covering covering Total weight of recycled vinyl resin material used is no less than 15 of total weight Note Factors for Consideration A system for collection and reuse recycling of material left over from construction work is considered Types of vinyl flooring material determined by JIS A 5705 Vinyl floor covering that is applicable to symbol KS is not to be included in vinyl floor covering discussed in Evaluation Criteria Insulation Note Insulation Evaluation Criteria Material that prevents loss of heat through the outer walls of buildings and meet the below criteria 1 Fluorocarbons are not used 2 Uses recycled material or may be recycled after use Factors for Consideration As for extruded polystyrene foam insulator the glass wool insulation and the rock wool heat insulation the numerical value of the heat loss pr
68. meets the criteria to the total amount of goods of that type to be purchased in the fiscal year in kg 17 3 Stationery 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Common to all stationery Evaluation Criteria With the exception of metals the primary material must meet of the criteria below 1 for plastic 2 for wood and 3 for paper In addition items whose secondary material includes wood must meet 2 Items whose secondary material include paper with the exception of virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or with recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories must meet 3 b This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 1 Recycled plastic makes up no less than 40 in weight of the total plastic used 2 Lumber obtained from thinning recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories or lumber used as raw material that is in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country of origin The pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 3 Must fulfill the following a At least 50 recycled pulp content b If virgin pulp is used as the raw material for paper
69. must energy recovered 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of safety nets that use polyester polyethylene or vegetable based synthetic fiber meeting the criteria to the total number of safety nets that use either polyester polyethylene or vegetable based synthetic fiber to be purchased in the fiscal year 169 18 3 Flags Advertisement Flags and Banners etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Flags Evaluation criteria 1 Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes Advertisement polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following flags a Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used If polyester fibers are used Banners less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers b Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Products whose fiber content includes synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used Factors for consideration 1 The use of brominated fire retardants is as minimized as possible 2 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 3 P
70. of automatically resuming to a useable mode when task is resumed 3 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collection and reuse recycling of used machines and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 2 The item is designed with consideration for its long life and resource efficiency and reuse of its parts or recycling of its material taking into account the standards of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources 3 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 2 4 Displays under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denotes the standard monitor computer display digital picture frame and signage display etc used as the display equipment for computers and visible diagonal screen size is under 61 inches Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI
71. of clothing and products that are no longer in use 5 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 6 Recycled material denotes part or all of material once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however material that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 7 Biodegradable denotes the performance of no less than 60 according to biodegradability examination OECD 301C JIS K 6950 JIS K 6951 JIS K 6953 and JIS K 6955 etc The examination period depends for the period that each examination method provides Non biodegradable denotes the performance of no biodegradability 8 Synthetic fiber whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle 9 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment o
72. or recycled must do reduction of volume etc appropriate treatment and 61 prevention of direct landfill disposal 5 Chemical safety of ink is confirmed 6 When the paper used meets the criteria for specified procurement product must be capable of using the specified procurement material Factors for Consideration 1 Providing with certificate etc that show the evaluation criteria is filled about construction of various systems and recycling rate etc 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Toner cartridges or Ink cartridges hereinafter referred to as cartridges etc under consideration refers to products newly purchased to supply copiers printers etc and does not include those that accompany those machines at the time of purchase 2 Toner cartridges refers to new toner cartridges or recycled toner cartridges and are cartridges for the purpose of printing using a method that utilizes two of the following copiers that use electronic photocopying toner containers supplied with toner that are used for printers faxes etc and exposure or development unit For cartridges comprised of exposure or development units only those that are sold as a unit with toner container will be considered Products that are comprised only of toner container exposure unit or development unit will not be
73. or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Garbage disposals Evaluation Criteria Equipment decreases the amount of garbage by biodegrading or dehydration Factors for Consideration 1 The items are designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts 2 Functions that allow for energy saving while in use are built into design 3 Product generated from disposal is reused as fertilizer feed and energy Water equipments saving Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt No electric energy shall be used lt Individual Criteria gt 1 For water saving top meet the following requirements a When the handle is opened 120 degrees the discharge rate shall be more than 20 but not be more than 70 of that 178 when the water tap equipped with an ordinary top b When the handle is fully opened the discharge rate shall be not less than 70 2 For flow control valve when the handle is fully opened the proper flow shall be in the range of 5 8 liters min at a water pressure of 0 1 MPa or more and at 0 7MPa or lower 3 For aerator cap meet the following requirements a At a water pressure of 0 1 MPa or more and at a water pressure of 0 7 MPa or less the discharge shall not be more tha
74. power RECONEIS nae Sleep mode Time to switch speed in images per mode watts from low power watts weoi minute IPM mode p 0 lt IPM lt 40 N A N A lt 70W lt 30 min lt 4 85 x IPM lt 30 sec lt 40 lt IPM SQW Gecommendicd lt 105W lt 90 min Table 5 5 Standards for energy consumption at low power mode etc in upgradeable digital copiers with consideration for reuse Image Low power mode Recovery time Off Time to Automatic reproduction watts from low power mode switchto duplex mode speed in mode watts off mode images per minute IPM 0 lt IPM lt 10 N A N A lt 5W lt 15min Recommended 10 lt IPM lt 20 N A N A lt 5W lt 30 min Recommended 20 lt IPM lt 44 lt 3 85 x IPM 5W lt 30 sec lt 15W lt 60 min Mandatory 44 lt IPM lt 100 lt 3 85 x IPM 5W TRE lt 20W lt 90 min Mandatory recommended lt 30 sec 100 lt IPM lt 3 85 x IPM 5W lt 20W lt 120 min Mandatory recommended Table 5 6 Standards for energy consumption at low power mode etc in large format upgradeable digital copiers with consideration for reuse Image reproduction konpreni Recovery time Off mode Time to speed in watts from low watts switch to images per power mode off mode minute IPM 0 lt IPM lt 40 N A N A lt 65W lt 30 min 40 lt IPM lt 4 85 x IPM 45W N A lt 100W lt 90 min 43 2
75. raw material Use of raw material is reduced consideration for use reduction Reduction of weight use of Reduction of weight use of light weight material light weight material is taken into consideration for parts and material Design with Use of recyclable material Material that can be recycled is used consideration for Consideration for the ease of Assembly takes into consideration the recycling separating and dismantling ease of separating and dismantling reusable parts reusable parts All other parts can be easily taken apart Use as recycled resource Material used in the synthetic resin portion is listed Design takes into consideration separation of material 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of goods of a certain type that meet the criteria to the total number of goods of that type to be purchased in the fiscal year 34 5 Imaging Eqipments etc 5 1 Copiers etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Copiers Multifunction devices Upgradeable digital copiers Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt 1 The papers which meet the criteria for specified procurement goods are acceptable if the papers belong to the specified procurement items 2 Fulfills one of the following a Copiers multifunction devices and upgradeable digital copiers with consideration for reuse hereinafter referred to as copiers etc b Contents o
76. seller of the steel slag must be identifiable Note As for Blast furnace slag aggregate material that meet the standard of JIS A 5011 1 Slag aggregate for concrete Part 1 Blast furnace slag aggregate fills this criteria Slag Ferro nickel Evaluation Criteria aggregate for slag Ferro nickel slag that can replace part or all of natural concrete aggregate sand sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone is used Note As for Ferro nickel slag aggregate material that meet the standard of JIS A 5011 2 Slag aggregate for concrete Part2 Ferronnickel slag aggregate fills this criteria Slag Copper slag Evaluation Criteria aggregate for aggregate Copper slag that can replace part or all of natural sand concrete sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone is used Note As for Copper slag aggregate material that meet the standard of JIS A 5011 3 Slag aggregate for concrete Part3 Copper slag aggregate fills this criteria Slag Electric arc Evaluation Criteria aggregate for furnace Electric arc furnace oxidizing slag that can replace part or concrete oxidizing all of natural sand sea sand and land sand natural slag gravel crushed sand or crushed stone is used aggregate Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and seller of the steel slag must be identifiable Note As for Electric arc furnace oxidizing slag aggre
77. set printing ink for rotary press 7 or more UV ink 7 or more 8 Aromatic compounds denote aromatic hydrocarbon compounds detected when applying component testing method of petroleum products determined by JIS K2536 9 Green Standards for Off set Printing and Green Printing Qualification System by Japan Federation of Printing Industries should be referenced for Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt 4 Factors for Consideration 2 3 4 and 5 10 Each procurement organization must confirm the execution of standard of print at each stage of work referring check list described as Table 4 if necessary 11 Chemical safety of Evaluation Criteria lt Individual Criteria gt 1 b denotes that fulfill the following a and c Chemical safety of Evaluation Criteria lt Individual Criteria gt 2 b denotes that fulfill the following a or b and c a Comply with the Japan Printing Ink Maker s Association s Self imposed Controls on Printing Ink Negative List Control revision on September 2011 b The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is all
78. shown in Table 2 shall be taken lt Individual Criteria gt 1 Offset Printing a Inks contain vegetable based oil and inks whose aromatic compounds are less than 1 must be used b Chemical safety of inks is confirmed 2 Digital Printing a As for xerographic Limited to dry toner method the toner must be used that meets the evaluation criteria lies chemical safety of the toner cartridge Refer to Toner cartridge b As for xerographic Limited to wet toner method and as for inkjet method chemical safety of toner and inks is confirmed Factors for Consideration 1 Considering the usage and the purpose of printed matter it must be lightened as much as possible 2 Waste products are to be minimized through the promotion of digitization employment of DTP CTP and DDCP methods etc 3 Control of volatile organic material VOC is taken into consideration 4 Materials and parts such as used ink can containers of inks or toners and ink photosensitive drums use again or will be recycled 224 5 Use of the material that may produce harmful material for surface processing of cover page etc of printed matter should be limited as much as possible 6 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained fr
79. slag block solidified steel slag Spray on Spray on concrete with concrete fly ash Paint Base coating paint anti corrosive Water based road paint using low volatility organic solvent High solar reflectance paints Water proof High solar reflectance water proof Pavement Pavement blocks using material recycled material burnt Pavement block products using recycled material precast unreinforced concrete products Gardening Bark compost material Fermented compost using sewage sludge Road Environmentally friendly illuminations road illuminations Central Central divider block divider block manufactured with recycled plastic Tiles Porcelain tiles Doors and Heat insulating sash doors windows Lumber etc Lumber Glued laminated timber Plywood Laminated veneer lumber Flooring Flooring Reconstituted Particle board 192 wood boards Fiberboard Wood type cement board Vinyl floor Vinyl floor covering covering Insulation Insulation Lighting Lighting control system fittings Transformers Transformers Air Cold and hot water conditioning absorption units units Ice thermal storage air conditioning units Gas heat pump air conditioning units Fan Pump Plumbing Recycle unplasticized material polyvinyl chloride pipes for sewage or vent Plumbing Automatic shut off faucets fixtures Automatic flushing system and urinals equipped with automatic flushing system
80. supplied in excess Cleansers must have the hydrogen ion concentration pH that is appropriate for their use Floor fiber products used for floor maintenance cleaning etc must not contains as much as possible designated chemical material When cleaning effort is made to reduce the amount of energy resources such as electricity and gas as well as resources such as water Effort is made to suggest frequency of cleaning that is appropriate for the building condition Even when items necessary for the cleaning of government 243 office buildings do not apply to the designated procurement items consideration will be paid to the reduction of environmental load during its lifecycle from the collection of resources to disposal Note l For Evaluation Criteria 4 of Cleaning each procurement organization should refer to Tables 1 and 2 while taking into consideration the state of paper use and disposal in government buildings etc and determine the separation criteria for discharged used paper in cooperation with cleaning businesses Separation must be conducted thoroughly by eliminating material that may obstruct paper recycling Recycle compliant printed matter that fulfils the Evaluation Criteria for printed matter should be adequately separated so that it may be used as raw material for paper The specified amount for volatile organic compound in Evaluation Criteria 5 of Cleaning is to conform to the amo
81. that is usually used 3 There are no problems concerning content and elution of toxic material such as heavy metals in recycled material Table Category of recycled Preprocessing method material to be used as raw material Municipal waste ashes Convert to molten slag Sewage sludge Note Evaluation Criteria 3 is to be determined in accordance with the standards designated in JIS A 5031 Solidified slag aggregate for concrete derived from melting and solidification of general waste material sewage discharge or their incinerated ash 201 Gardening Bark Evaluation Criteria material compost Meets the following criteria uses as raw material 50 or more by dry weight of tree bark that has peeled off from the tree component and uses organic material including excrement of domestic animals animal or vegetable food residue or wood based scrap material as other raw material with the exception of material used for fermentation assistance e Percentage of organic material dry no less than 70 e Carbon to nitrogen ratio C N ratio no more than 35 e Cation exchange capacity CEC dry no less than 70meq 100g e pH 5 5 7 5 e Water content 55 65 e Result of young plant test no abnormalities including growth impediment is recognized e Nitrogen content N actual no less than 0 5 e Phosphoric acid content P205 actual no less than 0 2 e Potassium content K2O actua
82. the following should be fulfilled in order to enable reuse as raw material for paper upon taking adequate measures to avoid leaking of confidential information during each step of treatment including discharge and temporary storage collection transportation and disposal a Facilities and systems are in place to remove material that may obstruct paper recycling b Direct dissolution treatment is to be conducted at a facility equipped with a system for removal of foreign material c Treatment involving crushing should be conducted 244 in a way that would preserve as much fiber in the paper as possible 3 A certification that indicates that the disposal of confidential documents has been completed can be shown to the client Factors for Consideration 1 Discharge amount of confidential documents is measured regularly and reported to the client 2 Treatment is conducted in such a way to enable recycling as paper printing paper information paper hygienic paper 3 For transportation planning is conducted to enable efficiency for loading methods transportation methods and transportation routes 4 Transportation utilizes as much as possible vehicles with fuel efficiency and low environmental impact Note Procuring facilities should consider the degree and necessity of confidentiality when discharging documents and reduce as much as possible the amount of confidential documents to be discha
83. the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration 1 The recycled pulp content and recycled plastic content is as high as possible 2 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible is used as coating 3 If the primary material is wood lumber that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation Lumber obtained from thinning or recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories are to be excluded 4 If the primary material is paper and furthermore if virgin 18 pulp is used pulpwood that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 5 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note Evaluation Cr
84. their expiration date to enable adequate maintenance and regular renewal of storage and purchase quantities b In order to lengthen the storage time of products consider a contract method that for example allows a set amount of time until delivery date so that the supplier may prepare products that are as new as possible c Inprocuring foods for the disaster confirming enough beforehand such as quality and safety in the best before date of a product on account of savings and keeping over a long period of time 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of products meeting the criteria to the total number of products purchased in the fiscal year 184 20 3 Stockpiles for Disaster Household items and materials etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Blankets Evaluation Criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling mater
85. to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 3 For material used to finish the interior of living spaces average formaldehyde discharge may not exceed 0 3mg L maximum discharge may not exceed 0 4mg L Factors for Consideration Lumber that is used as the raw material with the exception of lumber obtained from thinning left over forest wood and lumber with a small diameter is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation Note 1 Lumber glued laminated timber plywood and laminated veneer lumber under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section referred to as lumber etc are to be used for carpentry in buildings 2 Evaluation Criteria 2 for lumber etc is to be applicable only in cases where restrictions exist on either function or demand 3 Measurement for formaldehyde discharge should be performed in accordance with Japan Agricultural Standards 4 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with 205 the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is
86. to receive and transform electricity control facility and supply and drainage of water In stationed management monthly reports are provided to the facility manager on the usage of energy and water and amount of waste material discharged When a substantial increase is observed when compared to the previous month or the same month of the previous year the measures listed below are proposed to the facility manager When a substantial decrease is observed the cause of the decrease is examined a In the case of increase in energy usage analyze the cause of the increase and put in place appropriate energy saving measures that takes into account the analysis includes energy saving measures that are conducted in cooperation with facility users b In the case of increase in water usage analyze the cause of the increase and put in place appropriate energy saving measures that take into account the analysis includes water saving measures that are conducted in cooperation with facility users c In the case of increase in discharge of waste material analyze the cause of the increase and put into place appropriate measures for decreasing waste material and for material saving includes measures for decreasing waste material and for material saving that are conducted in cooperation with facility users In non stationed management when substantial increase in energy consumption water consumption and amount of discharge in waste materi
87. unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 152 Caps Evaluation Criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling after product use 2 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should use unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 2 4 5 6 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as button fastener hook and sewing thread etc
88. water flow at a fixed rate regardless of the water pressure of either side of the valve Those capable of setting the water flow rate are called water flow adjustment valve those with a fixed water flow rate are called fixed water flow valve Flow control valve under consideration in this section are those used for washing hands and face as well as dishes They are to fulfill the following criteria a The valve allows for water savings when replaced with a conventional one by controlling the amount of water discharged b There is not to be a branching out except for at the installment locations Flow control valve should be placed after the branching out Each Flow control valve should correspond to one stopcock c Installment criteria for each use are outlined in the users manual so that installment can be executed according to use 179 6 Aerator cap under consideration in this section refers to caps that enable water savings by mixing air into water flow Sunlight Evaluation criteria adjustment film 1 Shielding coefficient is less than 0 7 and transmission rate for visible ray is 10 or more 2 Heat transmission rate is less than 5 9W m2 k 3 Adequate weather resistance is confirmed for sunlight adjustment function 4 After use of the product decrease in environmental load is confirmed when compared to the condition before use 5 1 to 4 above can be easily confirmed on websites etc or otherw
89. weak alkaline water solution and no resin laminate processing 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Adhesive tapes cloth tape Evaluation Criteria Recycled plastic makes up at least 40 of plastic weight for the roll excluding laminate layer Double sided tapes Evaluation Criteria Rolls must be at least 40 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood use is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumbe
90. 0Mb 0 4 Ethernet r gt 500 Includes USB 3 x 1G Ethernet 0 5 Includes Flash Any memory card smartcard readers 0 2 camera interfaces PictBridge Applies to Fax Machines and Fax Modem Any MFDs only 0 2 Wireless Radio frequ Any Includes Bluetooth 802 11 2 0 ency RF Wireless An Includes IrDA 0 1 Infrared IR y i Capability of the Imaging Equipment to communicate with a cordless handset Applied only Cordless once regardless of the number Handset NA 3 of cordless handsets the product ve is designed to handle Does not address the power requirements of the cordless handset itself 49 Memory N A N A Applies to the internal capacity available in the Imaging Equipment for storing data Applies to all volumes of internal memory and should be scaled accordingly for RAM This adder does not apply to hard disk or flash memory 0 5 GB Scanner N A N A Applies to MFDs and Copiers only Includes Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp CCFL or a technology other than CCFL such as Light Emitting Diode LED Halogen Hot Cathode Fluorescent Tube HCFT Xenon or Tubular Fluorescent TL technologies Applied only once regardless of the lamp size or the number of lamps bulbs employed 0 5 Power Supply N A N A Applies to both internal and external power supplies of Mailing Machines and Standard Format products using Inkjet and Impact marking technologies with nameplate ou
91. 6 Products used for cleaning of government office buildings when applicable to the specified items for procurement must fulfill the evaluation criteria From the perspective of efficient use of resources liquid soap or soap used for hand washing in the lavatory are to use as raw materials waste oil or animals and vegetable oil Waste collection is to be distinguished between recyclable waste paper cans glass bottles plastic bottles etc kitchen waste combustible waste and incombustible waste and collected appropriately Among the recyclable recycled paper waste is separated and collected with consideration for recycling of used paper In cases where separation is inadequate or discharge amount has dramatically increased when compared to the previous month or the same month of the previous year a plan for improvement should be presented in cooperation with the facility manager The content of volatile organic compound in products for floor maintenance wax detergent etc is below the amount specified in the guideline The business possesses the skills that contributes to the reduction of environmental load and makes specific proposals to further decrease environmental load in their cleaning methods Factors for Consideration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Consideration is made for the reduced use or appropriate use of material for floor maintenance detergents etc used for cleaning Replacement items will not be
92. 66 18 1 Tents and SUCCIS i rra ireen EE wedaes E EA E AEE E 166 18 2 S fet Netsanet a a a a aa aa 168 18 3 Flags Advertisement Flags and Banners etc cceeeeee eee ee 170 Ve IOP Steg A dee cmc N AE a he taN eins re Siete tia cise eather a 172 Facilities nong r a TEE tie A EA ny aicae 174 stockpiles fer Disaster rindi ei baka O A soe re eae eek 182 20 1 Stockpiles for disaster Potable Water cccecceee eee eee seen es 182 20 2 Stockpiles for disaster FOOd 0 0 0 cccece ccc e nee ee eee ene eens eneeeae es 183 20 3 Stockpiles for disaster Household items and materials etc 185 Public Works P60 CCts ti asusccanies weaves orauradieuaa dreds T E T 191 WELVICC 4 25 cures E A pena bases te T S 223 22 1 Energy Conservation Diagnosis 00 00 cece eee e cece ence ee eneenaeenees 223 22 2 PONIN E e anioi min E O R AET E TSOP a aa R E 224 22 3 Cafeteria enact a alia AET E ERE EEL ation a TEREE 236 22 4 Recapped Automobile Tires 0 cccecc cece nce e cee ee eee ee eee eneeeae es 237 22 5 Automobile Maintenances craciecossicacdasteaunsena doo mdaacscnbarnadsesacs 238 22 6 Management of Government Office Buildings etc ceee eee 240 22 7 Transportation and DeVry css saacucaeccesayoncadueepenicaurensteedanncanats 260 22 8 Passenger Transportation ccccce cece ence eee e een eee ene eneeene ena e es 265 22 9 Illumination Services ve8 c cig ctaando cee eas
93. 7 mg L Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 33 Table 1 Function weight criteria for bookcase shelves and office storage furniture shelves comprised primarily of metal Categories Criteria Shelves of storage furniture excluding those for 0 1 special purposes such as medical chart storage Shelves of bookcases lightweight shelving systems 0 1 and mid weight shelving systems Note the formula for calculating the function weight criteria to use for shelves is as follows Function weight criteria shelf weight kg shelf resistance load kg Table 2 Items for environmentally conscious design concerning bookcases and storage furniture comprised primarily of metal Purpose Evaluation items Evaluation criteria Design with Reduction of
94. 856 kg or more 20 8 km l Manual Less than 741 kg 20 0 km l 741 kg or more but 19 8 km l less than 856 kg 856 kg or more but 18 9 km l less than 971 kg B 971 kg or more 18 0 km l Other than Less than 741 kg 18 0 km l anual 741 kg or more but 17 6 km l less than 856 kg 142 856 kg or more but 16 9 km l less than 971 kg 971 kg or more 16 2 km l Manual Less than 1 081kg 20 4 km l a Wy 1 081kg or more 18 8 km l vehicles Other than Less than 1 081 kg 19 1 km l manual 1 081 kg or more but 17 4 km l less than 1 196 kg 1 196 kg or more 16 2 km l Less than 1 421 kg Aor Bl 14 5 km l Medium duty B2 14 3 km l freight Manual 1 421 kg or more but Aor Bl 14 1 km l vehicles less than 1 531 kg B2 12 9 km l 1 531 kg or more but AorBl 13 8 km l less than 1 651 kg B2 12 6 km l 1 651 kg or more but Aor Bl 13 6 km l less than 1 761 kg B2 12 4 km l 1 761 kg or more but Aor Bl 13 3 km l less than 1 871 kg B2 12 0 km l 1 871 kg or more but AorBl 12 8 km l less than 1 991 kg B2 11 3 km l 1 991 kg or more but Aor Bl 12 3 km l less than 2 101 kg B2 11 2 km l 2 101 kg or more Aor Bl 11 7 km l B2 11 1 km l Less than 1 421 kg Aor Bl 13 1 km l B2 12 5 km l Other than 1 421 kg or more but Aor Bl 12 8 km l manual less than 1 531 kg B2 11 8 km l 1 531 kg or more but AorBl 11 5 km l less than 1 651 kg B2 10 9 km l 1 651 kg or more but AorBl 11 3 km l less than 1 761 kg B2 10 6 km l 1 761 kg or more b
95. A system is put in place to review the contents of inspection and maintenance based on the results of inspection and maintenance Adequate inspection and maintenance of automobiles E When commissioning inspection and maintenance to a maintenance business maintain an understanding of the automobile condition on a daily basis and relay the condition when commissioning E Conduct inspection and maintenance when an increase in black smoke is confirmed by the eye WE When the air conditioner gas is considered to have decreased based on the effectiveness of the car air conditioner conduct inspection and maintenance of the car air conditioner in order to prevent the discharge of chlorofluorocarbon into the atmosphere Inspection and maintenance based on voluntary maintenance standards Air cleaner element related E For cleaning and replacement of air cleaner element refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection and maintenance accordingly Engine oil related E For the change of engine oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct oil change accordingly E For the
96. Basic Policy on Promoting Green Purchasing Provisional Translation February 2015 Table of Contents 1 Basic Direction for Green Purchasing by the Government and Incorporated Administrative AGENCIES 3 ceesscurveadeaniahcawenta oad noes ENTERESE OR ENG 1 2 Designated Procurement Items Evaluation Criteria and Basic Matters Relating to the Procurement of their Pit CHASe i oii dances ae tate eits na ie oes oneate Sew wacehcebs aan ceeaee ea tas 4 3 Other Important Matters Regarding Green Purchasing eseese sree 6 PPM Ks ctoasernas wen pean a satin a hac ata donde a A E saa Reuan eee AR acd IAA E 8 De OV SATION OB serie Sconce sears Pad isd elton Suchen unc Se EEE EEO 8 Di PAPC cited ec dye page E E baal enue tes E 8 3 Stationery EE TEER O NET OLE COTTE ENON eee RETO ROEM EMME RT ET fs 4 Office Furniture etc ait hci us Bal aes Ie aS ahah E Bits et ee ers hi a ales Sieh 31 5 maging OQUIPMENES CIC hiss secacaxpendaaweas padenua nenads Veet aewn nee aatnne vedabanses 35 Dok COPIERS GUC ree ornen ban auwiidarnteehdnaled sda brounicunedoonsanien nates 35 522 PLINters SEL E A AE A Selslaw a dauainy deulepais euabioaas bee asaniled 45 3 3 Fak Mae ies teri cccteun ns neateeae tee ea auc tna ey eaan ama aaa ainiai 51 SA Scans y tech acne act ah cuts eavenh cones cud ohms ees E at roe ubataln 55 DAD a K0 EE EE S E OET 58 o ana LEA EAEE T EE AE E E EE 6l Gz COMPUTES ClO ee asian e A A E E E even E Ee enon N EAA 66 6 1 Computers
97. E 488 IEEE 1284 Parallel Centronics RS232 0 2 20 lt r lt 500 Includes USB 2 x IEEE 1394 Fire Wire i LINK 100Mb Ethernet 0 4 r gt 500 Includes USB 3 x 1G Ethernet 0 5 Any Includes Flash memory card smartcard readers camera interfaces PictBridge Applies to Fax Machines and MEDs only 0 2 0 2 Wireless Radio frequ ency RF Wireless Infrared IR Includes Bluetooth 802 11 Includes IrDA 2 0 0 1 Cordless Handset N A N A Capability of the Imaging Equipment to communicate with a cordless handset Applied only once regardless of the number of cordless handsets the product is designed to handle Does not address the power requirements of the cordless handset itself 0 8 Memory N A N A Applies to the internal capacity available in the Imaging Equipment for storing data Applies to all volumes of internal memory and should be scaled accordingly for RAM This adder does not apply to hard disk or flash memory 0 5 GB Scanner N A N A Applies to MFDs and Copiers only Includes Cold Cathode 0 5 53 Fluorescent Lamp CCFL or a technology other than CCFL such as Light Emitting Diode LED Halogen Hot Cathode Fluorescent Tube HCFT Xenon or Tubular Fluorescent TL technologies Applied only once regardless of the lamp size or the number of lamps bulbs employed Applies to both
98. Inspection and maintenance based on voluntary maintenance standards Air cleaner element related M For cleaning and replacement of air cleaner element in diesel fueled automobiles refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection and maintenance accordingly Engine oil related E For the change of engine oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct oil change accordingly E For the replacement of engine oil filter refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct replacement accordingly Fuel equipment related For overhauling or replacement of fuel equipment in diesel fueled automobiles refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct overhaul or replacement accordingly
99. Mode Conventional Base Remote Discovery Full Capability Wake Name Capability Services Torr 25 25 25 25 25 Ts 35 39 41 43 45 Tu 10 8 7 6 5 Ts 30 28 27 26 25 Table3 3 Power Supply Efficiency Allowance A Supply Minimum Efficiency at Minimum Type Computer Specified Proportion of Rated Average Allowance Type Output Current Efficiency PSU 10 20 50 100 Taternal 0 81 0 85 0 88 0 85 0 015 Power i 0 84 0 87 0 90 0 87 0 03 Supply Integrated 9 81 0 85 0 88 0 85 0 015 IPS Desktop 0 84 0 87 0 90 0 87 0 04 External Notebook 0 83 0 88 0 015 Power 0 84 0 89 0 03 Supply Integrated 0 83 0 88 0 015 EPS Notebook 0 84 0 89 0 04 Note Average efficiency is the arithmetic mean of efficiencies tested at 25 50 75 and 100 of rated output current 74 Table 3 4 Base TEC TECgase Allowances Category Graphics a Nefeeecr Name Capability Pernmianc Base Performace Base Allowance Allowance 0 Any Graphics P lt 3 69 0 P lt 2 14 0 Il Integrated or 3 lt P lt 6 112 0 2 lt P lt 5 2 22 0 2 Switchable 6 lt P lt 7 120 0 5 2 lt P lt 8 24 0 B Graphics P gt 7 135 0 P gt 8 28 0 D1 Discrete 3 lt P lt 9 115 0 2 lt P lt 9 16 0 D2 Graphics P gt 9 135 0 P gt 9 18 0 Note Calculation formula of P is as follows P of CPU cores x CPU clock speed GHz Where of cores represents t
100. Must fulfill one of the following 1 Recycled material including unused fiber recycled fiber and other recycled material makes up at least 25 of weigh of all fibers 2 Recycled material including unused fiber recycled fiber and other recycled material makes up at least 10 of weight and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note l 0S Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as handle grip and metal parts etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic may be includes the weight of all fibers and the weight of unused fiber recycled fiber and other recycled material Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Recycled fiber is created from part or all of material discarded from th
101. ONN 34 2mm 10 85hours 76hours 2 2 16hours 14hours i AEE trical toreh 800minutes 720minutes requirement C 400mA Discharged 50 0mm electricity Phong enous 26 2mm 20 80hours 72hours l Mo HOE URE 14hours 12hours machine toy ek 43 60hours 54hours 50 Smith 3 9 5 0hours 4 5hours 14 5mm l Oma parece 15hours 13 5hours electricity Zod schareed 5 0hours 4 Shours electricity POOR Dischareee E 195times electricity 1 500mW 650mW 40times 36times 24 33hours 29hours 3 3 190minutes 170minutes l ere tore 130minutes 11 5minutes requirement 24 14 5hours 13 0hours AAA 2 o tor aise 2 0hours 1 8hours Gai machine toy 10 sum 75 44hours 39hours ouma scat eed 170times 150times electricity pn scharged 7 0hours 6 3hours electricity 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of batteries D C AA AAA meeting the criteria to the total number of batteries to be purchased in the fiscal year 93 8 Mobile Telephones etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Cellular phones PHS Smart Phones Evaluation Criteria 1 2 3 4 5 6 Cellular Phones and PHS must fulfill either following a or b a Simplification of additional equipments and functions is considered b The system allows for upgrading of applications added to the terminal without exchanging the main body of the machine The design takes into account the environm
102. Oxidized catalyst refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection accordingly Others 263 E For the inspection and adjustment of tire air pressure refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct adjustment in accordance with the actual measurement of air pressure For the inspection of transmission oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the transmission oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly For the inspection of deferential oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based
103. Premium efficiency motor is to be JIS C 4213 Low voltage three phase squirrel cage induction motors Low voltage Top Runner Motor 2 Range of applicability should include air conditioning pump that uses three tired induction motor with nominal voltage of 600V or lower and in particular a centrifugal pump whose motor is directly connected to the pump Plumbing Recycle Evaluation Criteria unplasticized The item is recycled unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes for Factors for Consideration A system for collection and reuse recycling after the useful life of the item is considered Note 1 Evaluation criteria for Recycle unplasticized polyvinyl chloride for sewage or vent applies to the no pressure piping only when used unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes are used for the indoor sewage and vent and for the outdoor sewage in facilities for drainage in the site 2 Recycle unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes are to be recycle unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes or fittings depends on the definition of post consumer by JIS Q 14021 7 8 1 1a 2 Table Ratio by Weight Classification of pipe Ratio by weight Three layer pipes 30 Single layer pipes 80 Three layer pipes are to be JIS K 9797 and JIS K 9798 2 Single layer pipes are to be recycled unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes used as material and filled the standard of JIS K 6741 it should be able to be distinguished eas
104. Product Specification for Imaging Equipment Eligibility Criteria Version 2 0 Same applies for Tables 2 and 3 below Table 2 Standards for standard energy consumption for color fax machines excluding inkjet type machines Product speed ipm Standard kWh ipm lt 10 lt 1 3 10 lt ipm lt 15 lt 0 06xipm 0 7 15 lt ipm lt 30 lt 0 15xipm 0 65 30 lt ipm lt 75 lt 0 2xipm 2 15 75 lt ipm lt 0 7xipm 39 65 Table 3 Standards for default time to sleep energy consumption of base marking engine at Sleep mode and energy consumption at standby for inkjet fax machines Default time to sleep Energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode Energy consumption at standby 5 minutes lt 0 6W lt 0 5W Note 1 Sleep denotes the energy saving mode into which the machine will switch after a set time of inactivity without turning off the power 2 The standard of the power consumption at sleep mode is calculated adding the 52 sleep mode power allowances for functional adders listed in Table 4 to the energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode in this table to judge to meet the standard Table 4 Sleep Mode Power Allowances for Functional Adders Adder Type Connection Type Max Data Rate r Mbit second Details Functional Adder Allowance watts Interface Wired Fax Modem r lt 20 Includes USB 1 x IEE
105. S 129 normal With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 117 With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 105 32V type With no added functions E 6 6xS 126 or more Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 6 6xS 114 double speed With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 102 With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 90 Liquid crystal With no added functions E 6 6xS 104 quadruple With 1 added function E 6 6xS 92 103 speed or With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 80 plasma With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 68 Note 1 2 4 5 FHD refers to ones having 1 080 or more pixels in the vertical direction and 1 920 or more in the horizontal direction Television receiver size refers to the centimeter denominated quotient rounded at the decimal point of division of the diagonal dimension of the driven display area of the display screen by 2 54 Dynamic image display refers to or another of the following Liquid crystal normal What uses a liquid crystal panel to display 60 or more but less than 120 still frames per second Liquid crystal double speed What uses a liquid crystal panel to display 120 or more but less than 240 still frames per second Liquid crystal quadruple speed What uses a liquid crystal panel to display 240 or more still frames per second Plasma What performs displaying by using a plasma display panel Additional functions refers to DVD solely those having a video recording function Magnetic disc drive units drive unit doub
106. Selective lighting and concentration of work areas during overtime hours Daily Shortening or restricting of lighting during opening time Daily 248 Cleaning of Once or Once or lighting fixtures more per more per for increased year year lighting efficiency Periodic exchange Once every Once every of lamps 2 3 years 2 3 years Elimination of AS partitions appropriate Elimination of OA As louvers appropriate Improvement of As desk and appropriate workspace layout Frequent Once or Once or adjustment of more per more per solar timers month month Employment of As needed area specific lighting Frequent manual As needed turning off of light switches Transportat Selective Daily ion system operation of elevators and escalators Promotion of Daily stairway use Elevators to stop Daily on selective floors Cooperation with Daily in building delivery system Plumbing Time restriction In Seasonally and and area reduction accordance sanitary of hot water usage with season facilities and outdoor temperature Stoppage of hot Daily Daily water in during during restrooms etc applicable applicable during summer period period Change of hot In Seasonally water temperature accordance with season and outdoor temperature 249 Narrowing of AS AS branch va
107. TECpyis is the allowance for Enhanced performance Display as follows EP 0 No Enhanced Performance Display EP 0 3 Enhanced Performance Display the diagonal of the screen is less than 27 inches EP 0 75 Enhanced Performance Display the diagonal of the screen is 27 inches or more ris the Screen resolution in megapixels and A is viewable screen area in square inches 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of computers that meets the criteria to the total number of computers to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 76 6 2 Magnetic Disk Drive Units 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Magnetic disk drive Evaluation Criteria units The energy consumption efficiency shall not exceed the standard energy consumption obtained by the formula of applicable category in Table Factors for Consideration 1 Asystem for collection and reuse recycling of used machines and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling 3 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environ
108. Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of copiers including multifunctional devices and upgradeable digital copiers that meets the criteria to the total number of copiers to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 44 5 2 Printers etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Printers Multifunction Printers Evaluation Criteria 1 Printers and Multifunction Printers excluding large format devices meet the standards of applicable category below a Monochrome printers including high performance inkjet and excluding inkjet and impact printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 1 1 Monochrome multifunction printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 1 2 b Color printers including high performance inkjet and excluding inkjet and impact printers shall meet the standards of applicable category in Table 2 1 Color Multifunction color printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 2 2 c Inkjet and Impact printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 3 1 Inkjet multifunction printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 3 2 2 Large format inkjet printers and multifunction devices shall meet the standards of applicable category in Table 4 1 other large format inkjet printers meet the standards of applicable category in Table 4 2 3 The papers which meet the criteria for specified procurement goods are acce
109. Temperature conditions Unit degrees C Exterior temperature condition Dry bulb Wet bulb temperature temperature 211 Rated 35 _ Air cooling a Thermal condition storage 25 ing for rated cooling 8 Electricity consumption for daytime cooling operation of heat source unit denotes the sum of electricity consumed when heat source and thermal storage tank is connected in series and operated in accordance with the rated cooling temperature condition indicated on Table 2 9 Daily cooling efficiency using thermal storage denotes the result of daily thermal storage cooling capacity divided by electricity consumed by daily thermal storage cooling 10 Daily thermal storage cooling capacity denotes the amount of heat removed from the room during the time that an ice heat storage packaged air conditioner is operated under stable conditions for thermal storage for rated cooling indicated on Table 1 for a maximum of 10 hours and then operated using thermal storage for the duration of thermal storage cooling period 11 Electricity consumed by daily thermal storage cooling denotes electricity consumed during the time that an ice heat storage packaged air conditioner is operated under stable conditions for thermal storage for rated cooling indicated on Table 1 for a maximum of 10 hours and then operated using thermal storage for the duration of thermal storage cooling period Table 3 Coefficient of Pe
110. a disaster the universal design vending machines and the social contribution type vending machines which increases power consumption by having those functions Fluorocarbons are the materials defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Available materials in Evaluation Criteria 2 are Carbon Dioxide Hydrocarbon and Hydro Fluoro Olefin HFO 1234fy etc Evaluation Criteria 2 doesn t apply those for beverages in paper containers and beverages served in cups However it must not include material harm ozone layer and shall be used low global warming potential material as possible Global warming potential denotes the numerical value that showed degree to which heat trapping gas brings global warming in ratio to which carbon dioxide brings global warming Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exc
111. a interfaces PictBridge Fax Modem Any aa K ea Machines and 0 2 Wireless Radio frequ Any Includes Bluetooth 802 11 2 0 ency RF wees An Includes IrDA 0 1 Infrared IR y Capability of the Imaging Equipment to communicate with a cordless handset Applied only once regardless N A N A of the number of cordless 0 8 handsets the product is designed to handle Does not address the power requirements of the cordless handset itself Cordless Handset Applies to the internal capacity available in the Imaging Equipment for storing data Applies to all volumes of internal memory and should be scaled accordingly for RAM Memory N A N A 0 5 GB 56 This adder does not apply to hard disk or flash memory Applies to MFDs and Copiers only Includes Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp CCFL or a technology other than CCFL such as Light Emitting Diode LED Halogen Hot Cathode ee Ne NA Fluorescent Tube HCFT Sa Xenon or Tubular Fluorescent TL technologies Applied only once regardless of the lamp size or the number of lamps bulbs employed Applies to both internal and external power supplies of Mailing Machines and Power Standard Format products ee N A N A i POUT Supply using Inkjet and Impact 10 0 marking technologies with i nameplate output power POUT greater than 10 watts a N A N A Applies to both monochrome 0 2 f and color touch panel displays Display Inc
112. aare duces oeccaveneneesevemaa coenss ene 269 22210 Retail Bus messes x y vec saa anane a e E NEEE OT T eugene 270 22 11 Laundry and Dry Cleaning seseeeeesssssssssrrrrreresssssssrerrerere 271 22 12 Installation of Vending Machines c cece eee eee ee eee eres 273 22 13 Moving Transportation cc e2aet 2s tarier etl cow euars Ri 2 ta tiar sal omiaeee 279 22214 Weeting operationa sessen iiei en Ei e E pp aes ed aa a S 284 Basic Policy on Promoting Green Purchasing This document defines the basic policies for promoting comprehensive and planned procurement of materials components products and services with low environmental impact hereinafter referred to as eco friendly goods This is the basic policy of the national government e g the Diet government ministries and agencies and courts and corporations defined by the government ordinance 556 of the year 2000 specifying corporations hereinafter referred to as Incorporated Administrative Agency in Article 2 Paragraph 2 of Act on Promotion of Procurement of Eco friendly Goods and Services by the State and Other Entities It is hoped that local governments enterprises and citizens will also make a commitment to the procurement of eco friendly goods by taking this basic policy into consideration The national government shall continue to work in existing dealings to promote environmental conservation in coordination with this basic policy 1 Basic Di
113. ace of plywood if it is difficult to display on the surface As for Evaluation Criteria 1 and 2 transition period is applied in the fiscal year 2015 In this period though plywood forms that meet evaluation criteria are tried to be procured the plywood forms which don t have the display of Note 3 are excluded from the scope of this Evaluation Criteria 216 Table 3 Construction Machines Item Name Evaluation Criteria etc Low emission Evaluation Criteria construction Low emission construction machines in attached Tables 1 and 2 emissions and soot machines from on board engines do not exceed the ratio of secondary standard or less described below Attached Table 1 Construction Machines for Tunnel Machine Type Application Back hoes Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 560 kW include with a heavy weight breaker Wheel loaders Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 560 kW Crawler loaders Dump trucks Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 560 kW However exclude the one to have received the delivery of an effective motor vehicle inspection certificate Mixer trucks Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 560 kW However exclude the one to have received the delivery of an effective motor vehicle inspection certificate Attached Table 2 Construction Machines for General Construction Machine Type Application Back hoes Diesel engine out
114. ackaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Banners under the evaluation criteria of this section denote horizontal banners and vertical banners 2 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 3 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as pole and metal parts etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product and synthetic fiber or plastics made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins or synthetic fiber made from vegetable that is acknowledged for its environmental load reduction effects 4 Synthetic fiber whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load
115. ad has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used 4 Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and also a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 The use of brominated fire retardants is as minimized as possible 2 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 3 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should use unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Metal blinds Evaluation Criteria Solar reflectance is no less than the numeric value shown in Table Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 2 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as 155 hook runner bracket and sewing thread etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part o
116. aint organic solvent High solar Evaluation Criteria reflectance 1 The solar reflectance in the near infrared rays region paints must be over the ratio of the applicable in Table 2 The average of the solar reflectance retention in the near infrared rays region is 80 or more Note l High solar reflectance paints in the evaluation criteria of this section are paints that contain pigments with high solar reflectance and it is necessary to be used for construction that gives painting to a metallic side etc in the rooftop and the roof etc in the building The solar reflectance in the near infrared rays region L value and the solar reflectance retention are measured and calculated based on JIS K 5675 As for Evaluation Criteria 2 transition period will be applied in the fiscal year 2015 the products may be considered as specified procurement goods if it doesn t meet the evaluation criteria concerned As for High solar reflectance paints materials that meet the standard of JIS K 5675 fills this criteria Table The solar reflectance in the near infrared rays region L value The solar reflectance in the ee near infrared rays region 40 0 or less 40 0 More than 40 0 but less P than 80 0 The ratio of L value More than 80 0 80 0 Waterproof High solar Evaluation Criteria reflectance The solar reflectance in the near infrared rays region must waterp
117. akes up at least 10 by weight otherwise vegetable based plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed makes up at least 25 by weight of total plastic used 3 Must fulfill the following a Lumber obtained from thinning recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories or virgin pulp used as the raw material must be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin Discharge rate of formaldehyde from materials is no greater than 0 02 mg m h or the equivalent 4 Must fulfill the following a At least 50 recycled pulp content b If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 5 Supply of the service parts and spare parts shall be continued b into single b 31 for 5 years or more after the termination of product manufacturing Factors for Consideration 1 Designed for long term use taking into account maintenance repair and the replaceability of parts that wear Designed to enable component reuse and easy disassembly for refurbishment an
118. al are observed compared to the 240 previous month or the same month of the previous year analysis of its cause is performed and measures to decrease are proposed in cooperation with the facility manager When a substantial decrease is observed the cause of the decrease is examined 5 When the maintenance of air conditioning and heating installation are included in the management of government office buildings appropriate measures for prevention of chlorofluorocarbon leakage of chlorofluorocarbon are made Factors for Consideration 1 An appropriate and effective methods for energy efficiency in government buildings and measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity are to be conducted in consideration of Evaluation Criteria for Businesses Regarding Efficient Use of Energy in Factories and Businesses No 66 of the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification in 2009 and Guidelines for Companies in Relation to the measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in Factories No 271 of the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification in 2013 based on the Regulations for the Efficient Use of Energy Act No 49 of 1979 in consideration of Criteria for Sanitation Management of Architectural Environment etc based on Architectural Sanitation Law 2 Efforts should be made to utilize various tools for management and evaluation in the analysis and evaluation of energy manage
119. al is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding replaceable parts Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Correction tape Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding replaceable parts Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration Consumable parts can be replaced Correction fluid Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only 20 Masking tape Evaluation Criteria Roll must be at least 40 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood use is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration 1 Use of soluble and dispersible adhesive in water or in the
120. and Transport Notification No 7 March 31 2006 and Guidelines for Freight Transportation Companies in Relation to the measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in Passenger Transportation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure and Transport Notification No 2 January 17 2014 based on the Regulation for the Efficient Use of Energy Act No 49 in 1979 2 Incorporation of fuel efficient low pollution cars are promoted At the same time transportation and delivery using fuel efficient low pollution cars is being conducted as much as possible 3 Improvements in carrying capacity is considered in order to decrease the number of cars being used for transportation and delivery 4 Cooperative transportation and delivery is considered in order to decrease the frequency of transportation and delivery 5 Devices to promote eco drive is in place as much as possible 6 Measures are taken for the incorporation of Intelligent Transport System ITS including Vehicle Information and Communication System VICS adaptable car navigation 260 system and Electronic Toll Collection System ETC 7 Commercial packaging for home delivery service items and small postal packages are to take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 8 Maintain an understanding of energy use conditions at offices and delivery distribution centers a
121. anufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins 3 Recycled polyethylene denotes part or all of polyethylene once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however polyethylene that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 4 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to 166 collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The
122. arated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling 3 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturi
123. arming 3 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Table Coefficient of Performance for Gas Heat Pump Air Conditioners Category Coefficient of Performance Type Coefficient of Performance TiS applicable Annual Performance Factor APF 1 42 models JIS non applicable Coefficient of performance for l 1 15 models primary energy conversion COP Note 1 Annual Performance Factor APF is calculated using JIS B 8627 1 2006 2 Coefficient of Performance COP for primary energy conversion is calculated using the following formula For units that can be used with rated frequency of both 50 and 60 Hertz the smaller of the numbers derived from calculations using both numbers will apply COP Cc Egc Eec Ch Egh Eeh 2 COP Coefficient of performance for primary energy conversion 113 Cc Standard Cooling Capacity unit kW Ege Cooling gas consumption unit kW Eec Amount of primary energy unit kW calculated by substituting 1kWh cooling electricity consumption unit kW with 9 760kJ Ch Standard heating capacity unit kW Egh Heating gas consumption unit kW Eeh Amount of primary energy Unit kW calculated by substituti
124. as to promote the green purchasing by the governmental organizations businesses and citizens Moreover the business each institution and other concerned parties shall strive to ensure the reliability within the procurement of designated procurement goods Appendix 1 Terminology In this Appendix the terms evaluation criteria and factors for consideration are used with the following meanings Evaluation Criteria The requirement as specified procurement goods stipulated in Article 2 Paragraph 2 of Act on Promotion of Procurement of Eco friendly Goods and Services by the State and Other Entities Factors for Consideration While not criteria required for specified procurement goods theses factors should preferably be taken into account when purchasing eco friendly goods 2 Paper 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Information Paper Copier paper Evaluation Criteria 1 The composite rating obtained by using the following numbers in the formula in note 5 must be 80 or higher content of recycled pulp pulp certified by forest certification system pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals degree of bleaching and weight per unit to be used for material 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry
125. at has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 12 Each procurement organization is to take the following into careful account a When procuring consider the objective of use and business type in order to determine the necessary type and function b Consider the type of contract that would enable the minimum amount necessary for manuals and accessories such as a recharger c Confirm and consider factors for consideration specified in the user s manual when procuring the merchandise d When disposing the terminal due to a renewal of the mobile phones etc terminal etc proceed in an appropriate manner using the collection system Table Design Criteria for Environmental Consideration in Mobile Phones etc Objective Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Standard Design with considerations for reduction Resource efficiency of product minimization of size and weight The volume and weight of product is reduced Energy efficiency of product The energy consumption of product is reduced Attempt is made for developing low energy consumption technology Longer life of product Reliability and durability of the product are either maintained or improving Design with considerations for reuse Design for joint ownership The rec
126. at load with the average head load factor per one hour of cooling the ratio of average load when the load factor per hour of peak load is 100 at 85 5 Rated thermal storage cooling capacity denotes the amount of heat load that the ice thermal storage packaged air conditioner removes from a room by primarily using thermal storage in accordance with the rated cooling temperature conditions indicated on Table 1 Table 1 Temperature conditions Unit degrees C Temperature condition Exterior temperature inside entryway condition Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb temperature temperature temperature temperature Air conditioning Rated 27 19 35 cooling Thermal storage for rated cooling 6 Rated daily cooling capacity denotes the total daily heat value that may be supplied to a secondary source with the temperature of cold water outlet at 7 degrees C The amount is calculated by adding the net effective heat storage capacity derived from the heat value stored inside the heat storage tank and the heat value cooled by the daytime operation of heat source equipment 7 Rated electricity consumption for thermal storage denotes the sum of electricity consumed including electricity consumed by primary supplementary equipment such as a brine pump in order to reach standard thermal storage capacity in accordance with the thermal storage temperature conditions indicated on Table 2 Table 2
127. ation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure and Transport Notification No 7 March 31 2006 and Guidelines for Freight Transportation Companies in Relation to the measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in Transportation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure and Transport Notice No 2 January 17 2014 based on the Regulation for the Efficient Use of Energy Act No 49 of 1979 b Incorporation of fuel efficient low pollution cars are promoted At the same time transportation using 279 fuel efficient low pollution cars is being conducted as much as possible c Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in moving transportation d Devices to promote eco drive are introduced as much as possible e Measures are taken for the incorporation of Intelligent Transport System ITS including Vehicle Information and Communication System VICS adaptable car navigation system and Electronic Toll Collection System ETC f Being conducted by car fills the emission standard as much as possible when driving in the measures region of the Law concerning Special Measures for Total Emission Reduction of Nitrogen Oxides and Small Particles from automobiles in specified areas June 3 1992 No 70 Note 1 Moving transportation under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section denotes moving transpo
128. atts d lt 12 0 lt 6 0x1r 0 05xA 3 0 lt 6 0xr 3 0xr2 0 05xA 3 0 lt 6 0xr 0 01xA 5 5 lt 6 0xr 0 06xA 4 0 lt 6 0xr 0 1xA 14 5 30 0 lt d lt 61 0 for signage lt 0 27xA 8 0 display only 0 025xA 3 7 0 06xA 4 0 0 1xA 14 5 Notes 1 R is screen resolution megapixels A is viewable screen area square inch Calculation methods for pixel density D and r r2 is as follows D 1x10 A Where D gt 20 000 1 20 000xA 10 r D 20 000 xA 10 2 On Mode is the power mode in which the product has been activated and is providing one or more of its principal functions 3 Signage Display is an business use electronic device typically with a diagonal screen size greater than 12 inches and a pixel density less than or equal to 5 000 pixels in 4 As for computer display that has all characteristics and functions to show from the following a to c use the value that adds Prp of the allowance to P of the power consumption calculated according to this table for the agreement judgment a A contrast ratio of at least 60 1 measured at a horizontal viewing angle of at least 85 with or without a screen cover glass b A native resolution greater than or equal to 2 3 megapixels c Acolor gamut size of at least sRGB as defined by IEC 61966 2 1 Shifts in color space are allowable as long as 99 or more of defined sRGB colors are supported visible diagonal screen size
129. bers will apply COP Ce Ege Eec Ch Egh Eeh 2 COP Coefficient of performance for primary energy conversion Cc Standard cooling capacity unit kW Ege Cooling gas consumption unit kW Eec Amount of primary energy unit kW calculated by substituting 1kWh cooling electricity consumption unit kW with 9 760kJ Ch Standard heating capacity unit kW Egh Heating gas consumption unit kW Eeh Amount of primary energy unit kW calculated by substituting 1kWh heating electricity consumption unit kW with 9 760kJ Standard cooling capacity cooling gas consumption standard heating capacity and heating gas consumption are evaluated in accordance with methods designated by JIS B 8627 2 or B 8627 3 Effective electricity consumption of the outdoor unit will be used for cooling electricity consumption and heating electricity consumption Air conditioning Fan Evaluation Criteria units Uses premium efficiency motor Note 1 2 Premium efficiency motor is to be JIS C 4213 Low voltage three phase squirrel cage induction motors Low voltage Top Runner Motor Range of applicability should include centrifugal fan for air conditioning and ventilation that uses three tiered induction motor with nominal voltage of 600V or lower This does not include direct style induction motor and smoke ventilator 213 Air conditioning Pump Evaluation Criteria units Uses high efficiency motor Note 1
130. c from cafeterias coffee shops etc that is operating under a commission agreement in the government buildings and their sites 2 Utilization the of the agriculture forestry and fishery products in the region in Factors for consideration 3 refers to consume agriculture forestry and fishery products produced in domestic region and to consume agriculture forestry and fishery products produced in other region when the supply of those are insufficient It is based on the outline of Article 25 of Law concerning creation of new business such as agriculture and forestry fishermen utilizing regional resource and promotion of utilization of agriculture forestry and fishery products in the region Low No 67 2010 2 Target Setting Guideline The number of cafeteria meeting the criteria in the fiscal year 236 22 4 Recapped Automobile Tires 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Recapped Evaluation Criteria automobile tires Must fulfills one of the following 1 Automobile tire that has ended its first life due to wear is restored by replacing the surface rubber material so that it may be used for a second life 2 Tire that can be cutting tread again Regroovable without recapped Factors for Consideration 1 Extended life of the item should be accounted for by the use of radial tires etc 2 Noise reduction during operation is taken into account 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into acco
131. c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of mops that meeting the criteria to the total number of mops to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 173 19 Facilities 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Solar power generation systems for public and industrial use Evaluation Criteria 1 2 3 4 5 6 The cell effect conversion efficiency of the solar cell module must not fall below the standard conversion efficiency at each category shown in Table Information for solar cell module and peripherals listed for each category in Appendix table 1 is publicly listed and easy to acknowledge Electric power generated can be easily acknowledged The product is designed and manufactured in such a way that the solar cell module can maintain at least 80 of nominal maximum output for at least 10 years The power conditioner is designed and manufactured in such a way that the effectiveness of its rated load factor and the partial load factor at half load can be maintained at a minimum of 90 of its effectiveness at shipping The energy payback time of solar cell module is no more than three years Factors for Consideration 1 2 3 4 5 The product is designed either for
132. c Policy Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Vegetable based plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle Discharge rate of no greater than 0 02 mg m7h or the equivalent denotes the following Office furniture Desks and Tables that fills standard of JIS S 1031 Office furniture Chairs that fills standard of JIS S1032 Shelves and Racks that fills standard of JIS S 1039 and Office furniture Storage cabinets that fills standard of JIS S 1033 meet this criteria a Wood material with a corresponding Japan Industrial Standard or Japan Agricultural Standards whose criteria for formaldehyde discharge is regulated must meet the criteria for Fry vx yx b Wood material that do not qualify for the standards outlined in item a above must satisfy the below numbers when evaluated according to the method determined by JIS A1460 Average Maximum 0 5 mg L 0
133. cdon 1pm SS aus Not applied 5 lt ipm lt 24 lt 0 07Xipm 0 05 24 lt ipm lt 30 DO aa Integral to the base product or optional yee lt 0 11xipm 1 15 accessory 37 lt ipm lt 50 50 lt ipm lt 80 20 95pm i e a the base product 80 lt ipm lt 0 6xipm 36 15 Table 2 1 Standards for standard energy consumption in color printers excluding inkjet type impact type and large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm Standard kWh duplex sprinting function ipm lt 10 lt 1 3 10 lt ipm lt 15 lt 0 06xipm 0 7 Not applied 15 lt ipm lt 19 SODES 19 lt ipm lt 30 SMES Integral to the base l product or optional SE lt 0 2xipm 2 15 accessory 35 lt ipm lt 75 Integral to the base 75 lt ipm lt 0 7xipm 39 65 product Table 2 2 Standards for standard energy consumption in color multifunction rinters excluding inkjet type impact type and large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm standard k Wh duplex printing hactio ipm lt 10 lt 1 5 10 lt ipm 15 lt 0 1xipm 0 5 Not applied 15 lt ipm lt 19 Oe 19 lt ipm lt 30 So PU Integral to the base wae product or optional 30 lt ipm lt 35 lt 0 2xipm 2 05 accessory 47 35 lt ipm lt 70 Integral to the base 70 lt ipm lt 80 lt 0 7xipm 37 05 product 80 lt ipm lt 0 75xipm 41 05 Table 3 1 Standard
134. ce with recycling efforts 18 Each procurement organization must pay considerable attention to the following a Information regarding specified chemical substances confirmed at the time of procurement must be maintained and preserved until the product is disposed of in order to appropriately manage chemical substances b Intended use and business content must be carefully reviewed at the time of procurement so that only those equipments and functions necessary will be acquired 71 c A licensed contract method that involves minimizing of accessories including manuals and recovery CD s will be considered Table 1 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Server type Computers Category Standard energy CPU type Dedicated CISC 1A64 1 2 IA32 1 to less than 7 7ormore O A f Note 1 Dedicated CISC refers to among CPUs designed to be able to execute multiple commands differing in the number of bits ones each of which is designed for exclusive use by a computer 2 RISC refers to CPUs other than ones designed to be able to execute multiple commands differing in the number of bits 3 IA64 refers to CPUs other than dedicated CISC designed to be able to execute multiple commands differing in the number of bits and having a 64 bit architecture 4 A32 refers to CPUs other than dedicated CISC designed to be able to execute multiple commands differing in the number of bits and having a 32 bit architecture 5 Ene
135. cleaning refer to Laundry and dry cleaning section 2 Target Setting Guideline 1 2 Blankets ratio of the number of blankets meeting the criteria to the total number of those containing polyester fiber to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year Comforters ratio of the number of comforters meeting the criteria to the total number of those containing polyester fiber or containing recycled filling to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 161 16 4 Beds 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Bed frames Evaluation Criteria With the exception of metals the primary material must meet of the criteria below 1 for plastic 2 for wood and 3 for paper In addition items whose secondary material include wood must meet 2 a Items whose secondary material include paper with the exception of virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or with recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories must meet 3 b 1 Recycled plastic makes up no less than 10 in weight of all plastic used 2 Must fulfill the following a Lumber obtained from thinning recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories or lumber used as raw material or the pulpwood used is in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin b Discharge rate of formaldehyde from mater
136. collection transportation or disposal of the waste along with the moving transportation business is consigned and to contract industrial waste to the industrial waste disposal contractor who consigns the industrial waste collection transportation trader and disposal that consigns the collection or transportation beforehand with confirm the address and the disposal method of the industrial waste disposal facility that is the transportation destination also Moreover it is necessary to confirm the address in the final disposal dump when it is disposed finally It is preferable to do the confirmation of the municipal waste based on industrial waste c In the delivery of waste about industrial waste it is necessary to confirm transportation by delivering the control manifest for industrial waste at the same time as handing it over and receiving sending the copy of the control manifest for industrial waste that described from the processing trader so after transportation and disposal are ended like the content of the consignment it and disposal Moreover it is preferable to do the 281 confirmation of the municipal waste based on industrial waste Table Inspection and Maintenance Items for Environmental Preservation Including Maintenance of Automobile Energy Efficiency etc Promotional structure for inspection and maintenance Inspection and maintenance is conducted in accordance with specified operation plan and the results are recorded
137. color and color rendition evaluation method of source of light by JIS C 7801 Measuring methods of lamps for general lighting Light source color is in accordance with the category of the light source color by JIS Z 9112 Classification of fluorescent lamps and light emitting diodes by chromaticity and color rendering property Equipments emitting any color of other than daylight daylight white white warm white and usual electric bulb color will not be considered as Fluorescent lamps and Light bulb shaped lamps under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section Bulb shaped LED lamps in this section denotes white LED light bulb shaped lamps used for general lighting purpose Rated life of bulb shaped LED lamps in this section refers to the total amount of lighting time until the initial luminous flux to decrease by 70 The method of measurements is in accordance with JIS C 8152 3 Photometry of white light emitting diode for general lighting Part 3 measurement methods for lumen maintenance Rated life of Self ballasted fluorescent lamps in this section refers to the short one either the total amount of lighting time until lamp will no longer start or the total amount of lighting time until the initial total luminous flux to decrease by 60 The method of measurements is in accordance with JIS C 7620 2 Self ballasted fluorescent lamps for general lighting services Part 2 Performance specifications When procuring lamp
138. considered a New toner cartridges refers to toner cartridges manufactured by the manufacturer of the main machine unit or consigned to an outside source b Recycled toner cartridges refers to toner cartridges that are created by supplying a used toner cartridge with toner and replacing necessary consumables The fact that it is a recycled toner cartridge is noted on either the packaging printed material included in the packaging or instruction material 3 Ink cartridges refers to new ink cartridges or recycled ink cartridges and are cartridges for the purpose of printing with an ink tank filled with ink or ink tank with a printing head that are used in copiers printers fax machines etc that utilize inkjet method a New ink cartridges refers to ink cartridges manufactured by the manufacturer of the main machine unit or consigned to an outside source b Recycled ink cartridges refers to ink cartridges that are created by supplying a used ink cartridge with ink and replacing necessary consumables The fact that it is a recycled ink cartridge is noted on either the packaging printed material included in the packaging or instruction material 4 Material recycling refers to recycling of the material It does not include energy 62 recovery petrochemicals gasification high furnace reduction coke furnace chemical recycling process 5 Reuse Material recycling ratio refers to the ratio by weight of parts that are either r
139. consumption efficiency unit Giga operation Em Standard energy consumption efficiency unit Giga operation 5 Product types and modes which applied in Evaluation Criteria 1 b 2 b c d and Note 6 to 9 are as follows a Product Types 67 il iii iv Desktop Computer A computer whose main unit is designed to be located in a permanent location often on a desk or on the floor and are not designed for portability and are designed for use with an external display keyboard and mouse Integrated Desktop Computer A Desktop Computer in which the computing hardware and display are integrated into a single housing and which is connected to ac mains power through a single cable Notebook Computer A computer designed specifically for portability and to be operated for extended periods of time both with and without a direct connection to an AC mains power source Notebook computer include an Integrated Display a non detachable mechanical keyboard using physical moveable keys and pointing device Work station A high performance single user computer typically used for graphics CAD software development financial and scientific applications among other compute intensive tasks Thin Client An independently powered computer that relies on a connection to remote computing resources to obtain primary functionality designed for use in a permanent location such as on a desk and not for portability Limited to devices with no ro
140. count ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 7 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 White board under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section includes all types of writing boards excluding chalk boards 2 Comprised primarily of metal indicates that metal used for the product comprises 95 or more of the total product by weight 3 Ratio of dismantle possibility into single material in Evaluation Criteria 1 will be determined using the following formula 32 Ratio of dismantle possibility into single material number of parts that can be dismantled into a single material number of parts in the product x 100 Parts to which one of the following is applicable will not be included when calculating ratio of dismantle possibility into single material a Parts used to prevent overturning due to theft earthquakes or as a part of the operating process includes locks overturning prevention parts drawer guide rails etc b Parts that maintain sections that project from the main product hinges drawer guide rails etc c Accessory bolts used to secure or connect a part that meet the Japan Industrial Standards or its equivalent The definition of Recycled paper and The percentage of recycled paper pulp content is according to 2 Paper 2 Recycled paper and the percentage of recycled paper pulp content in this Basi
141. cy In the case where it is necessary to install an independent power source externally to the equipment rated energy efficiency of the power source will be used in the calculation In addition intrinsic energy consumption efficiency of equipments with a function to regulate amount of light and color temperature is assumed to be the ratio calculated from the total luminous flux at the maximum power consumption Measuring method of Average color rendering index Ra is in accordance with light source color and color rendition evaluation method of source of light by JIS C 7801 Measuring methods of lamps for general lighting and JIS C 8152 2 Photometry of white light emitting diode LED for general lighting Part 2 LED modules and LED light engines Downlight in this section of LED lighting equipment denote the one specified in JIS Z 8113 1998 Lighting vocabulary Ceiling luminaire in this section of LED lighting equipment denote the one with 12 000lm or more of luminous fluxs specified in JIS Z 8113 1998 Lighting vocabulary LED module rated lifespan of LED lighting equipment in this section refers to the amount of time it takes for the initial luminous flux to decrease by 70 Measuring method is in accordance with JIS C 8152 3 Photometry of white light emitting diode LED for general lighting Part 3 measurement methods for lumen maintenance Measuring method of the total luminous flux for LED lighting equipment is in accorda
142. cycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 120 Table Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Gas Water Heaters Category Standard Type of gas Ventilation Circulation ee water ane cas Air supply and exhaust type consumption heater yp yp efficiency Natural Non vented type 83 5 Gas instant eet Other than non vented type 78 0 re we Forced Other than outdoor type 80 0 ventila Outdoor type 82 0 type Vented type or direct vent type the height where the air supply and exhaust part 75 5 penetrates external wall is as Natural Natural vented types Bath tub ventilation circulation Direct vent type other than gas water type type types of the height where the heater with air supply and exhaust part no hot penetrates external wall is as 71 0 water vented types supply Outdoor type 76 4 functions Natural Forced circulation 70 8 ventilation type type Forced circulation 77 0 Type Vented type or direct vent type the height where the air supply and exhaust part 78 0 penetrates external wall is as Bath tub Natural Natural vented types gas water ventilation circulation Direct vent type other than heater with type Type types of the height where the hot water air supply and exhaust part 77 0 supply penetrates external wall is as functions vented types Outdoor type 78 9 Natural Fo
143. d 3 Measurement for formaldehyde discharge should be performed in accordance with Japan Agricultural Standards 4 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 206 Reconstituted Particle Evaluation Criteria wood boards board 1 At least 50 by weight of the material consists of scraps from plywood and lumber mills lumber recovered from dismantled structures used crates Fiberboard wood chips left over from paper manufacturing logging scrap shrubs and small diameter logs including lumber obtained from thinning or plant Wood type fibers The weight of glue adhesives and binding cement agents used to hold together wood compounds such board as phenol adhesives used in particle board and cements used in wood based cement board may be left out of the 50 by weight calculation
144. d as much as possible 7 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 8 A system for collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Product that meets one of the following criteria is not to be included in Computers under consideration in this section 1 Complex theory performance exceeds 200 000 mega operations per one second in Server type Computers 2 The product is capable of utilizing operation processing device that is comprised of over 256 processors 3 The number of input output signal transmitter channels only in the case of products whose maximum data transmission speed exceeds 100 megabits per a second exceeds 512 4 Operation processing device main memory device input output control device and power device all take a multiple structure 5 Complex theory performance is less than 100 mega operations per one second 6 Product primarily uses its internal battery and without receiving power from a power source and does not built in a magnetic disk device 2 Server type Computers denote computers designed to provide service and the like via a network 3 Client type Computers denote computers other than server type computers 4 Measuring method for performance rate of energy standard is as follows Round down to eliminate decimals Performance rate of energy standard Ey 100 E Energy
145. d recycling or the appropriate disposal of the separated parts after the item s useful life Special care taken in the design of item s metal components to enable long term use conservation of resources and reuse of materials based on the evaluation criteria of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources Law No 48 of 1991 2 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible such as powder paint and water based paint is used as coating 3 A system for collection and reuse recycling of used products and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 4 If wood is one of the materials used in the product lumber that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories 5 If paper is one of the material used in the product and furthermore if virgin pulp is used pulpwood that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by lumber using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories 6 Packaging and stowage is made as simple as possible and takes into ac
146. d sustainably by maintaining the diverse functions of the forests while not contributing to the deterioration of the forest or the reduction of forest area and which maintain environmental excellence including preservation of biodiversity and social excellence including consideration for health and safety of workers Pulp used in accordance with policies for procuring recycled and unused pulpwood that would contribute to the effective application of resources scrap wood pulpwood derived from construction lower standard pulpwood leftover pulpwood from forestry shrubbery tree root pulpwood obtained from logs affected by vermin and natural disasters bent material material with small diameter etc and fiber from waste plants Lumber obtained from thinning and others denotes lumber obtained from thinning and bamboo Index item denotes content of recycled pulp pulp certified by forest certification system pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals degree of bleaching and weight per unit to be used for material Proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with material procurement with sustainable goals denotes pulp to be used in accordance with material procurement with sustainable goals with the exception of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber
147. dance with JIS B 8622 Table Coefficient of Performance for Cooling Category Coefficient of performance Cooling capacity is up to 186kW 1 15 Cooling capacity is over 186kW 1 20 Ice thermal Evaluation Criteria conditioning storage air 1 Includes an ice thermal storage tank conditioners 2 Cooling material does not use material capable of destroying the ozone layer 3 Coefficient of performance for cooling is no less than what is specified in Table 3 Note 1 Ice thermal storage air conditioner denotes an ice thermal storage unit or an ice thermal storage packaged air conditioner 2 Evaluation criteria for Ice thermal storage air conditioner apply to ice thermal storage units whose non thermal storage equivalent cooling capacity exceeds 28kW or ice thermal storage packaged air conditioners whose rated thermal storage cooling capacity exceeds 28kW 3 Coefficient of performance is calculated with the below formula using 10 hours as the daytime heat source unit operating duration 210 a Ice thermal storage unit Coefficient of performance Rated daily cooling capacity kW h Rated electricity consumption for thermal storage kW h Electricity consumption for daytime cooling operation of heat source unit kW h b Ice thermal storage packaged air conditioner Coefficient of performance Daily cooling efficiency using thermal storage 4 Non thermal storage equivalent cooling capacity denotes the peak he
148. dequate installation structure on the side of the installation dealer should be fully considered The introduction of the solar heating system should be implemented through a design that takes the current energy usage in full consideration When procuring the facilities the details of the installation should be requested from the installation dealer and its contents confirmed The information required for the maintenance and management of the facilities concerned including information from the manufacturer should be obtained from the installation dealer Table Standard for the cell effect conversion efficiency of solar cell module Category Standard Conversion Efficiency Single crystal silicon solar cell 16 0 Poly crystal silicon solar cell 15 0 Thin film silicon solar cell 8 5 Compound semiconductor solar cell 12 0 Appendix Table 1 Items for Display of Information Regarding Solar Power Generation Equipments Category Items Articles for confirmation Solar cell Display of estimation Annual estimated generated energy module device for generated measured at standard conditions energy standard designated by JIS C 8904 2 condition Conditions for calculation sunlight data used loss of solar cell and power conditioner etc Conditions and factors for Influence of shadows sunlight conditions inability to obtain note specifically the correspondence generated energy at between the
149. e of parts to enable long term use or designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts 2 The design enables minimum energy requirements for the operation of the energy collectors 3 Products that use aluminum alloy on the frame or platform must use an alloy that uses aluminum secondary ore regenerated ore as a part of its primary material 4 The product does not use lead soldering Note Solar power generation system under consideration in the Evaluation Criteria refers to systems for public and industrial use that supply energy through solar power generation using solar cell module of 10kW or more as a replacement for commercial energy Solar heating system under consideration in the Evaluation Criteria refers to systems for public and industrial use that uses solar energy for hot water and heating The cell effect conversion efficiency of the solar cell module denotes the cell effect conversion efficiency after modularization based on the effect conversion efficiency according to JIS C 8960 and to be calculated using the following formula The cell effect conversion efficiency nominal maximum power Total area of the solar cell module x irradiance Total area of solar battery cell x Total area of one cell x Number of cell
150. e criteria to the total number of electric toilet seats to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 106 9 4 Microwave Ovens 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Microwave ovens Evaluation Criteria 1 Energy consumption efficiency does not exceed the amount listed in the appropriate category in the Table 2 Stand by mode power consumption does not exceed 0 05W 3 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Products that meet the criteria below will not be considered Microwave ovens under 2 4 consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section 1 Products equipped with gas ovens 2 Products manufactured for commercial use 3 Products that exclusively use rated power input of
151. e criteria to the total number of recording medias to be purchased in the fiscal year 84 7 Office Equipments etc 7 1 Paper Shredders 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Paper shredders Evaluation Criteria 1 Stand by mode power consumption is 1 5W or less 2 If the machines equipped with low power mode or off mode the transition time to low power mode or off mode is set under 10 minutes at the time of shipment Factors for Consideration 1 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate 2 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of used machines and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 3 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling 4 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 5 The item takes into consideration the reduction in volume of shredded paper and ease of recycling 6 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 7 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Paper shredders that meet any of the following criteria will not be regarded as a Pa
152. e into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Coated inkjet color printer paper Evaluation Criteria 1 At least 70 recycled pulp content 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This 11 does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 3 Coating on both sides totaling no more than 20 g m2 coating on one side no more than 12 g m2 Factors for Consideration 1 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance wit
153. e material are process reuse or recycled Offset Yes No 3 VOC emission suppressing measures such as placing covers to discarded waste cloths containers and detergent containers are taken Yes No 4 In the case of hot air drying printing in rotary presswork VOC emission treatment equipment is installed and properly operated and managed Yes No 5 The recycling ratio of spoilage waste sheet and Printing remain sheet generated from the presswork to process papermaking stock shall be 80 or more Digital Yes No 6 The activity of conservation of energy is taken such as use of power saving feature and power off when unused Yes No 7 The recycle ratio of spoilage etc waste sheet and remain sheet generated from printing process to papermaking stock shall be 80 or more Yes No 8 Alcohols are used at the concentration less than 30 Yes No 9 As an approach for promoting recycling the recycle ratio of waste sheets etc waste sheet remain sheet and remain film generated from gloss coating process to recycled paper etc is 80 or more Yes No 10 Approaches are made to suppress noise and vibrations such as prohibiting windows and doors from being kept open etc Yes No 11 The recycle ratio of spoilage etc waste sheet generated from binding treatment process to papermaking stock shall be 70 or more Note This sheet form can be changed according to the necessity for the inquiry of content and the necessity
154. e production of recycled fiber from remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or from the reuse of defective articles Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use Recycled material denotes part or all of material once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however material that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is 172 available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements
155. e that uses natural gas or LP gas as a fuel does not exceed the standard rate shown in Table 1 b For generators have a diesel engine does not exceed the standard rate shown in Table 2 2 The noise level must be 98 decibels or less 3 The time for continuous run must be three hours or more However cassette gas cylinder type must be one hour or more Factors for Consideration 1 The fuel cost efficiency must be as possible as high 2 Having the function to control the engine rotational speed automatically according to the load under use 3 The miniaturization and lightening the product should be attempted 4 Design consideration takes into account product life reuse of parts or recycling of raw material 5 Packaging and container of product is as simple as possible and has been considered for ease of reuse and the reduction of environmental load Note 1 Portable generators under consideration for evaluation criteria in this section denotes power generators whose rated power is 3kVA or less 2 The measuring method at the noise level depends on Measuring method of measurements of the noise and the vibration of the construction machinery No 1537 of the Ministry of Construction notification in 1997 3 If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from consideration as stockpiles for disaster 4 Each procurement organization must note the frequency of electricity Table 1 The sta
156. e to Energy Energy ipm sleep consumption of consumption at base marking standby engine at sleep ipm lt 10 15 minutes 10 lt ipm lt 20 30 minutes lt 0 6W lt 0 5W 20 lt ipm 60 minutes Table 4 1 Standards for default time to sleep and energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode and energy consumption at standby in inkjet large format printers and inkjet large format multifunction printers Product speed Default time to Energy Energy ipm sleep consumption of consumption at base marking standby 48 engine at sleep ipm lt 30 30 minutes 30 lt ipm 60 minutes lt 4 9W lt 0 5W Table 4 2 Standards for default time to sleep and energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep and energy consumption at standby for large format printers other than inkjet type Perey Ener Product speed Default time to consumption of 8y consumption at ipm sleep base marking f standby engine at sleep ipm lt 30 30 minutes 2 2 30 lt ipm 60 minutes SeN Naw Table 5 Sleep Mode Power Allowances for Added Functionality Max Data Functional Adder Adder Connection Rate r Details Allowance Type Type Mbit watts second Interface Wired Includes USB 1 x IEEE 488 r lt 20 IEEE 1284 Parallel Centronics 0 2 RS232 20 lt r lt 500 Includes USB 2 x IEEE 1394 Fire Wire i LINK 10
157. e used for special purposes such as medical care nursing or advanced medical care shall not be included in bed frames under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section 2 Items that are used for advanced medical care operating table ICU bed etc shall not be included in mattresses under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section 3 Fluorocarbons are the materials defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 4 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 5 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 6 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as button fastener hook and sewing thread etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic and synthetic fiber or plastic made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed may be include 163 the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins or synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental
158. ead and Retort processed food etc Health foods Nutrition foods and Freeze dried foods under consideration in this section is limited to those procured for the purpose of stockpiles for disaster Retort processed food etc refers to products that have been processed for long term preservation at room temperature by packing food in air tight containers and sealing with heat melting method Health foods Nutrition foods refer to foods of usual food form and strengthened nutritional contents such as the vitamins and minerals Regarding Evaluation Criteria 1 for Canned food During the period until the product that fills the evaluation criteria is supplied enough to the market the product 183 which expiration date is three years or more is considered as designated procurement item The period of time for which the exception is applicable will be determined in consideration with market movement 5 Evaluation Criteria 1 concerning expiration date for Quick cooking rice and Pilot bread will be reconsidered taking into consideration future market movements 6 Evaluation Criteria 2 concerning ingredients does not apply for the external package 7 If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from consideration as stockpiles for disaster 8 Each procurement organization must take into account the following a In procuring stockpiles for disaster design a system for storage and purchase of products based on
159. ear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use Filling in the evaluation criteria for comforters refer to cotton lamb wool down and synthetic material that are used to fill comforters A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered When cleaning the products procurement organizations should consider to choose the business who executes cleaning that fulfills the evaluation criteria of Laundry and dry
160. ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon Note It is preferable to implement obligatory clauses within the overall framework that considers the reduction of environmental impact 2 Target Setting Guideline A guideline will be examined while studying ways to evaluate performance Table 1 Materials Construction Machines Construction Methods and Others Designated Category Item Evaluation Procurement Item Type Item Name Criteria for Item Each Item Banking Treated soil recycled from materials etc construction sludge Granulated blast furnace slag for earth work Caisson filler using copper slag Caisson filler using ferro nickel slag Ground Steel slag for Ground improvement improvement A material Pablo works Mona Slag aggregate Blast furnace slag aggregate Table for concrete Ferro nickel slag aggregate Copper slag aggregate Electric arc furnace oxidizing slag aggregate Asphalt compound Recycled heated asphalt compound Asphalt compound with steel slag 191 Warm asphalt compound Roadbed Roadbed material with steel material slag Recycled aggregate etc Small Lumber from thinning diameter logs Blended Portland blast furnace cement cement Fly ash cement Cement Eco cement Concrete and Water permeable concrete products Hydrated Steel
161. easy repair and exchange of parts to enable long term use or designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Devices to be installed in facilities with a large number of visitors should be equipped with a system that enables effective description to the visitors through the display of generated power etc as much as possible In cases where secondary battery containing specified chemical substances is used a collection and recycling system for the secondary battery is put in place Products that use aluminum alloy on the frame or platform of the battery module must use an alloy that uses aluminum secondary ore regenerated ore as a part of its primary material The product does not use lead soldering Solar heating systems for public and industrial use Evaluation Criteria 1 2 When the amount of insolation is 20 930kJ m2 day and atmospheric temperature subtracted from the average temperature of the energy collecting medium equals 10K the collection amount is no less than 8 372kJ m2 day The items listed in Table 2 for the energy collector and its 174 peripheries can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The product is designed either for easy repair and exchang
162. ed down to eliminate decimals of the standard energy Electric freezers consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 165 Electric 2 Fluorocarbons are not used as refrigerant or expanding agent refrigerator for insulation freezers 3 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed with consideration for long term use and conservation of resources It should be designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment and reuse based on the evaluation criteria of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible is used as coating 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note l 3 Electric refrigerators electric freezers and electric refrigerator freezers that meet any of the following criteria will not be considered as Electric refrigerators Electric freezers or Electric refrigerator freezers under consideration in the evaluation
163. ed at the time of procurement or connected externally at a later time b The product is equipped with multiple USB interface for connecting peripherals 14 The necessary operation running time on a secondary power source battery for notebook computers used for ordinary administrative tasks includes the time necessary to close all programs and shut the computer down in case of an emergency such as a blackout 15 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 16 Plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed must have been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert of its alleviating effect on environmental load by quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation of such effect including possible trade offs throughout the lifecycle of the product 17 The below criteria must be secured for the use of plastic that uses vegetable as raw material a Information regarding the alleviating effect on environmental load is publicly available b A system for collection and reuse recycling of used product is put in place c Information is provided with regards to the parts that use vegetable based plastic so that there will be no interferen
164. ed by the total number of devices meeting the criteria to the total number of devices to be purchased in the fiscal year For sunlight adjustment films target is determined by the total area of the product m2 that meets the criteria to the total number of product m2 to be purchased in the fiscal year 181 20 Stockpiles for Disaster 20 1 Stockpiles for Disaster Potable Water 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria PET bottled water Evaluation Criteria 1 Expiration date is over five years 2 Name ingredients content amount expiration date recommended method of storage and name of manufacturer are listed on the product and the external package Factors for Consideration 1 A system exists for minimizing waste production through collection and recycling 2 Bottles are designed to be as thin and light weight as possible 3 Taking environmental issues into consideration bottles labels label printing caps etc are designed to create a container with superior adaptability for recycling and reuse Note 1 2 PET bottled water under consideration in this section is to be obtained with an objective of long term stockpiles for disaster Evaluation Criteria 2 concerning ingredients does not apply for the external package If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from consideration as stockpiles for disaster Each procurement organization must take into acc
165. ed paper pulp content is according to 2 Paper 2 Recycled paper and the percentage of recycled paper pulp content in this Basic Policy Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Post consumer material denotes material or product that has been disposed of after being used as a product Plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle Evaluation Criteria for stationery has been determined for products whose primary material other than metal is plastic wood or paper Under consideration in the evaluation criteria it does not include products whose primary material is metal and does not use plastic wood or paper 10 Consumable part denotes parts that wear out with use For replaceable consumable 29 parts i e cartridges the entire replaceable portion is to be excluded from the total product weight For non replaceable consumable parts one way only the
166. eeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Accomplishment rate of energy consumption efficiency standard denotes the numerical value that showed by percentage which the product s standard energy consumption efficiency calculated by Evaluation Criteria 1 divided by the energy consumption efficiency rounds off below the decimal point Each procurement organization is to take the following into careful account a Consider enough the number of consumers and the volume of sales etc and set up the vending machines adequate in number and size b Examine where to place vending machines so that the environmental 274 impact is as low as possible because the load of environmental impact such as energy consumption varies according to the installation location indoor outdoor sun or shade etc When setting up the vending machine available of user s own cups confirm the cleaning and hygienic conditions in the set up location and the surroundings make it known to users and determine responsibility in case the problem on the hygiene is caused 275 Table1 Calculation Formula of Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Vending Machines for Beverages Category Beverages to Type of Vending machines Calculation formula of standard energy be sold consumption efficiency Machines serving cold only or Machines __ s
167. een Purchasing Each fiscal year each institution of the government hereinafter referred to as each institution shall formulate and publish a green purchasing policy in conformance with this basic policy and based on Article 7 Act on Promotion of Procurement of Eco friendly Goods and Services by the State and Other Entities Law No 100 2000 hereinafter referred to as Act on Promoting Green Purchasing taking into consideration its budget and planned projects and activities for the fiscal year and shall purchase goods and services during the fiscal year based on this green purchasing policy Specifically each institution shall purchase and utilize goods and services based on the following philosophy 1 In addition to conventional considerations such as price and quality environmental conservation must be considered when making purchasing decisions This will make the reduction of the environmental impact of goods and services an element for a successful procurement contract along with price and quality The resulting competition between enterprises will lead to the popularization of eco friendly goods In awareness of this each institution shall consider the possibility to reduce environmental impact in its procurement for as wide a range of goods and services as possible considering the business s promotion for reduction of the environment impact not to mention the observance of regulations related to environment 2
168. eet the standard of JIS A 5015 Iron and steel slag for road construction fills this criteria Roadbed Recycled Evaluation Criteria material aggregate Includes aggregate manufactured from asphalt concrete etc masses or concrete masses Small diamet Lumber Evaluation Criteria er logs from Lumber from thinning that does not contain harmful thinning decays or cracks is used Blended Portland Evaluation Criteria cement blast furnace Portland blast furnace cement whose raw material cement contains more than 30 blast furnace slag Note As for Portland blast furnace cement materials that meet the standard of species B or species C based on JIS R 5211 fills this criteria 197 Blended Fly ash Evaluation Criteria cement cement Fly ash cement whose raw material contains more than 10 fly ash Note As for Fly ash cement materials that meet the standard of species B or species C based on JIS R 5213 fills this criteria Cement Eco cement Evaluation Criteria Cement that uses ashes resulting from incineration of city waste etc as the main ingredient Cement must contain no less than 500kg in dry weight of such waste material per ton of final product Notes 1 1 Eco cement is to be used for concrete structures and concrete products that do not require high strength 2 As for Eco cement materials that meet the standard of JIS R 5214 fills this criteria
169. efficiency in construction and economy material cost reuseability cost of collection recycling etc that is equivalent to non recycled examples Note 1 Forms used as a part of structural components including precast forms and ornamental molds are not to be included in this category 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 215 Concrete form Plywood Evaluation Criteria form Fulfill one of the following 1 Used lumbers contain not less than 10 by volume of any of followings lumber from timber thinning left over wood blocks such as wood waste from timber mills or laminated timber factories left over wood in the forest timber with a small diameter Used lumbers other than described above are to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 2 For the cases other than 1 used lumbers other than lumber from timber thinning left over wood blocks such as wood waste from timber mills or laminated timber factories left over wood in the forest timber with a small diameter are to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area o
170. egradation within 28 days is 60 or more 2 The 96 hour LCS50 value for acute toxicity test using fish is 100 mg l or more Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collection and reuse recycling of used oil container 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 3 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note l Biodegradation testing should employ one of the following methods 10 d window shall not be used for these testing methods OECD Organization for Economic Co Operation and Development Chemical Substance Testing Guideline e 301B CO2 Production Testing e 301C Modified MITI 1 Testing e 301F Manometric Respirometry Testing ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials e D5864 Standard testing method to determine the degree of aerobic biodegradation in water environment for lubricants and lubricant components e D6731 Standard testing method to determine the degree of aerobic biodegradation in water environment for lubricant inside an airtight respirometer and lubricant components Acute toxicity testing using fish should employ one of the following methods JIS Japan Industrial Standards e K 0102 Factory Drainage Testing Method e K 0420 71 Series 10 20 30 Water quality Measurement of acute toxicity of chemical substance for fresh water fish zebra fish
171. element related E For cleaning and replacement of air cleaner element refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection and maintenance accordingly Engine oil related E For the change of engine oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct oil change accordingly E For the replacement of engine oil filter refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct replacement accordingly Fuel equipment related For overhauling or replacement of fuel equipment refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct overhaul or replacement accordingly Related to equipment for the reduction of gas emission W For the inspection of equipment for the reduction of gas emission DPF
172. elements are considered as one metal type specified at the Special Meeting for the Comprehensive Assessment of Rare Metals at the Mining Panel of the Ministry of Economy Trade 36 and Industry 8 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 9 Copiers etc with consideration for reuse may not be guaranteed to have a stable product supply due to the fact that their production involves recovery of used material which is supplied to its production only after a strict quality inspection For the purposes of procurement in the case where each organization requires bidding conditions other than the fact that it is a specified procurement it is necessary to make a note of 2 a and b in the Common Criteria 10 For the procurement of copiers etc that involves consumables that is comprised of an independent toner container and when it fulfills Evaluation Criteria 5 of toner cartridge titled Chemical safety of toner is confirmed they will be handled in the same way as specified procurements 11 As for Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt 1 as a precondition papers are required not to have negative effect on the machine and are able to be used for the prin
173. ems and Evaluation Criteria Disposable batteries and small rechargeable batteries Note Evaluation Criteria Shall meet one of the criteria below 1 Disposable batteries must exceed the smallest average duration listed in accordance to load resistance in Table below 2 The battery is a small rechargeable battery secondary cell Factors for Consideration 1 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of used small rechargeable battery and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 1 Disposable batteries and small rechargeable batteries under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote D C AA or AAA 2 Smallest average duration is to be measured in accordance to the electric discharge test criteria designated in JIS C 8515 Disposable batteries that comply with the alkaline battery designated in JIS C 8515 meets this Evaluation Criteria Table Smallest Average Duration for Disposable Batteries Smallest Average Duration IEC designation ee Initial Usage After 12 Months size height oad Resistance Storage and diameter Q Recommended Period of Usage 1 5 520minutes 465minutes D 600 Discharged 61 5mm electricity pinouts P
174. ency in JC08 Mode for Gasoline Small Freight Vehicles Category Standard fuel Type of motor Type of Vehicle weight Structure of efficiency vehicle transmission motor vehicle minimum Mini size Manual Less than 741kg 23 2km L freight 741kg or more 20 3km L vehicles Less than 741kg 20 9km L 140 manual 741kg or more but less than cc a eas 856kgor more or more 18 18 9km L Less than 741kg 18 ee 741kg or more but less than 856kg LS Oki Manual 856kg or more but less 17 2km L than De i 971kgor more or more 16 4km L Less than 741kg 16 4km L 741kg or more but less than than 856kg 16 0km L IS4kmiL aT rss han Loe Test O8Tkg oF more 17 Tk Les than 1081kg Tame than 1 081kg or more but less 1 196kg or more 14 7km L Manual O 14 2km L than Less than 1 311kg 13 3km L 1 311kg or more 12 7km L Bl 11 9km L Less than 1 311kg 11 2km L 1 311kg or more but less eel 10 6km L tan 42 Thy e oami 1 421kg or more but less BI 10 3km L than1 531kg O B 9 9km L 1 531kg or more but less BI 10 0kmL than1 651kg 9 7km L 1 651kg or more but less 9 8km L than1 761kg 9 3km L Bl 9 7km L 761k O BI Gih i B Ikm B1 10 9km L ea O BI SO Da Dio sient 1 311kg or more but less BI 9 8km L than than1 421kg B2 9 7km L 1 421kg or more but less 9 6km L than1 531kg 8 Okm L 1 531kg or more but less 9 4km L 141 tant esT lt i 1 651kg or more 7 9km L 1
175. enotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound 129 10 11 12 13 polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A l specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 LED lighting equipment in this section refers to lighting equipment that uses white illuminating LED hanging type direct mount type built in type wall putting type and desk lamp However LED lighting equipment to attach LED lamps that have a structure of feeding power to the LED lamp through the cap among LED lighting equipment that can install the LED lamp that used with traditional fluorescent lamps that have the same shape cap are excluded for the meanwhile Intrinsic energy consumption efficiency of LED lighting equipment in LED lighting equipment in this section refers to the amount obtained by dividing luminous flux emitted by the equipment by rated energy efficien
176. ental considerations that are included in the evaluation criteria in Table including the ease of dismantling for the reuse of parts or recycling of material The implementation of environmentally conscious design can be easily confirmed on websites and other public environmental reports A system is in place for the collection and material recycling of used products The implementation rate of system for collection and material recycling can be easily confirmed on websites of manufacturers communication companies and sales companies as well as other environmental reports A system is in place by the manufacturer communication company or sales company for the appropriate disposal of parts of collected products that cannot be recycled or reused A system is in place by the manufacturer communication company or sales company for the repair and storage of renewing expendable parts such as the batteries maintain for six years or more after the termination of product manufacturing Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 2 3 4 5 6 Energy saving devices such as the conservation of electricity and lower electricity consumption in wait mode are put in place When rare metals are used for the casing or parts a system is in place to decrease or replace the rare metals as much
177. er Newspaper includes enclosed advertisements Cardboard Cardboard Magazines Poster ads magazines reports catalogs pamphlets bound material such as books notes OA paper Copier paper and its equivalents 245 Recycle compliant Printed matter that May be recycled into printing paper uses only printed matter materials in Rank A Printed matter that May be recycled into cardboard uses only materials in Ranks A and B Other Envelopes paper boxes DM memo paper wrapping paper and miscellaneous others that are not included in the above paper Shredder pieces Paper that has been shredded within government buildings etc Note Recycle compliant printed matter refers to printed matter on which the recycle compliancy is displayed in the standards for judgments concerning printing refer to printing section of the printed matter Table 2 Materials that may interfere with recycling of used paper sample Category Type Paper products Envelopes with adhesive material Paper treated with waterproof material Carbon paper carbon less paper duplicate receiving slip for package delivery etc Privacy sealed postcards Thermal paper Photographs Inkjet photo paper blueprint paper Paper made of composite material such as plastic film and aluminum foil Paper on which metal foils such as gold and silver are mounted Fragrant paper wrapper for soap dete
178. er factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Criteria regarding recycled pulp content does not apply to windows that are made of paper For envelopes with windows made of plastic film product the film must contain no less than 40 recycled plastic or use vegetable based plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed Factors for Consideration If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Graph paper Drafting paper Evaluation Criteria 26 Notebooks No less than 70 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Coated paper both sides totaling no more than 30 g m2 for non coated paper no more than approximately 70
179. er of function supplying service provider for fluorescent lamps commissioned in the fiscal year 269 22 10 Retail Businesses 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Retail businesses that operate in government Evaluation Criteria Stores for retail businesses that operate through commission in government buildings and associated sites need to fulfill one of the buildings etc following criteria in order to promote the control of discharge of waste material derived from containers and packaging 1 An original system is put in place to restrict excessive use of containers and packaging 2 An original system is put in place to restrict consumers excessive use of containers and packaging Factors for Consideration Merchandise sold at the stores are possible to return and collect of the containers and packaging to re use and use reduced amount of containers and packaging through simplified packaging etc Note 1 Original system noted in Evaluation Criteria 1 refers to measures taken by the retail businesses to promote the control of discharge of waste material derived from containers and packaging through the use of thinner or light weight containers and packaging choosing adequately sized containers and packaging for the merchandise etc Original system noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 refers to measures to promote the control of discharge of waste material derived from containers and packaging by the cons
180. eral Construction Machine Type Application Power Diesel engine output 7 5kW or more less than 260 generators kW 10 2PS or more less than 353PS transportable including double as machine of welding Air Diesel engine output 7 5kW or more less than 260 compressors kW 10 2PS or more less than 353PS transportable Hydraulic units Diesel engine output 7 5kW or more less than 260 kW 10 2PS or more less than 353PS independent with machine for foundation work Rollers Diesel engine output 7 5kW or more less than 260 kW 10 2PS or more less than 353PS Road rollers Tyre rollers Vibration rollers Wheel Cranes Diesel engine output 7 5kW or more less than 260 kW 10 2PS or more less than 353PS rough terrain crane 218 The Ratio of Primary Standard Substance HC NOx CO Soot unit g kWh g kWh g kWh Output classification 7 5kW or more less than 15kW 2 4 12 4 5 7 50 15kW or more less than 30kW 1 9 10 4 5 7 50 30kW or more less than 272kW 1 3 9 2 5 50 1 The measuring method is according to Specified Procedure for Low emission Construction Machines October 8 1991 No 249 issued by The Ministry of Construction Construction and Economic Bureau Construction Equipment Division additionally provided 2 The soot standard for tunnel construction machine is 1 5 or less of the above standard Note In case of using the construction machine which
181. erving hot or cold EDLA Machines serving hot and cold a a Internal depth is below 400 mm Paco Canned l Without electronic or bottled Machines serving bao oe and sold money processing E 0 482Vat350 Device Internal depth is th el f 400mm i With e ectronic money ea processing E 0 482Va 500 g Device o serving cold E 0 948V 373 Type A Machines serving hot Dummy samples a l cold l E 0 306Vb 954 Aucir having two interna sella compartments Beverages a 45 Machines serving hot in paper and cold container having three internal EUG compartments Type B Machines serving cold __ Actual goods are only POAN ON used for visual l display and ae serving hot 59 401Vb 1261 selling goods ans ee E E 1020 T lt 1500 dij E 0 293T 580 T gt 1500 Note 1 Machines serving cold only refers to vending machines that refrigerate the products sold 2 Machines serving hot or cold refers to vending machines that refrigerate or warm the products sold 3 Machines serving hot and cold refers to vending machines which have warm section and cold section separated by internal partitions so that the products sold are kept refrigerated or warmed respectively 4 E V and Va express the following numeric values E Standard energy consumption efficiency unit kWh per year V Actual internal volume indicates the numeric value calculated from the internal dimensions of the goods storage area unit liter Va Adjusted internal
182. es obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Binders Evaluation Criteria If the primary material excluding metal is paper it must contain at least 70 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Otherwise item must meet the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration 1 Structure allows separation of cover and closing mechanism to enable reuse and recycling of components as well as their separate disposal 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from 24 Filing supplies plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Albums Binding string Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill at least one of below 1 If the primary ma
183. escriptions applies the size category refers to the rated lamp power However for ones of high output lighting type among circular dedicated high frequency lighting type fluorescent lamps the size category refers to the value of lamp power at the time of high output lighting 2 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of International Trade and Industry notification No 54 March 19 2010 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Table 2 Standard of Intrinsic Energy Consumption Efficiency of LED Lighting Equipment Intrinsic ener Light source color PEES consumption efficiency Daylight Daylight white 110lm W or more Usual electric bulb color 75lm W or more Note 1 Light source color is in accordance with the category of the light source color by JIS Z 9112 Classification of fluorescent lamps and light emitting diodes by chromaticity and colour rendering property 2 Equipments emitting any color of other than daylight daylight white white warm white and usual electric bulb color will not be considered as LED lighting equipment under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section 3 As for downlighs emitting color of daylight daylight white white of mount hole size for equipment are 300mm or smaller standard of Intrinsic energy consumption efficiency shall be 85 Im W or more 4 As for celling luminaire emi
184. ess than 10 by weight of all fibers used and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load must fulfill one of the following a Products whose fiber content includes biodegradable synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used and also a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established b Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used c Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and also a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin or synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed should use
185. ethoxybenzidine 119 90 4 12 3 3 dimethylbenzidine 119 93 7 13 3 3 dimethyl 4 4 diaminodiphenylmethane 838 88 0 14 p Cresidine 120 71 8 15 4 4 methylene bis 2 chloroaniline 101 14 4 16 4 4 oxydianiline 101 80 4 17 4 4 Thiodianiline 139 65 1 18 0 toluidine 95 53 4 19 2 4 Toluylenediamine 95 80 7 64 20 2 4 5 trimethylaniline 137 17 7 21 0 anisidine 90 04 0 22 4 aminoazobenzenene 60 09 3 10 When purchasing cartridges etc each procurement group is to take into account the impact on the main machine as well as printing quality and carefully consider the following a Quality of cartridges etc is guaranteed 1 Quality if sufficiently controlled through in house regulations and quality is guaranteed replacement or repair in case of inadequate quality resulting from the product used against bad quality including low quality printing paper jam leak of toner ink clogged nozzle and damage of the main machine handling of defective cases resulting from the use of cartridges etc that is not covered by the insurance of the main machine would not be free of cost even if it is handled within the period during which the guarantee of the main machine is effective In cases of damage etc to the main component of the photo copier or printer due to the use of products that satisfy the requirements listed in this category it is encouraged that the information of t
186. eused or have undergone the process of material recycling to the total weight of collected cartridges etc that has been disposed of after use However the cartridges etc made public in the Web site or the catalog etc are excluded from the object of Collected cartridges etc as a collection off the subject 6 Recycled ratio refers to the ratio by weight of parts that have gone through the process of recycling material recycling energy recovery conversion into petrochemicals gasification high furnace reduction or coke furnace chemical recycling process to the total weight of cartridges etc that have been disposed of after use However the cartridges etc made public in the Web site or the catalog etc are excluded from the object of Collected cartridges etc as a collection off the subject 7 A system is put in place for recovery noted in criteria 1 in toner cartridges and ink cartridges indicates that the following criteria are met a A method recycling by the merchant recycling using a reverse marketing recycling system that responds to the demands of the user etc is considered where either the manufacturer or the retailer have voluntarily collected used cartridges etc collection is undertaken either by themselves or by an entity commissioned to do the task Multiple entities may work together in the collection b The name of the product and manufacturer brand name may be accepted is clearly labeled on the main pa
187. evention performance must be small as small as possible Fluorocarbons are the materials defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 Definition of the heat loss prevention performance and the measuring method are according to Criteria of judgment such as manufacturing entrepreneurs of materials for building construction for heat loss prevention concerning improvement of performance of insulation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Act No 270 of December 2013 Lighting fittings Lighting Evaluation Criteria control system Comprised of Hf fluorescent lighting equipment capable of continuous lighting LED lighting equipment and lighting control system that controls the equipment It must possess functions for the control and correction of initial luminance and the control of natural light Transformers Transformers Evaluation Criteria Energy consumption efficiency shall not exceed the amount determined by the appropriate formula for each category 208 Factors for Consideration Load factor during actual operation is taken into consideration Note Transformers under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section refers to items whose rated primary voltage exceeds 600V and is 7000V or less and is used for an alternating current circuit Items t
188. f the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of products that meet the criteria m2 to the total amount of products to be purchased in the fiscal year m2 159 16 3 Blankets etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Blankets Evaluation Criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all
189. f all fibers and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Tarps Evaluation criteria At least 50 by weight of fiber natural and chemical used in polyethylene fiber products shall be recycled polyethylene fibers Factors for consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 2 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as button fastener hook sewing thread and the metal parts i e pole from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins 3 Unused fiber is created from short fiber p
190. f origin Factors for Consideration Used lumbers other than lumber from timber thinning left over wood blocks such as wood waste from timber mills or laminated timber factories left over wood in the forest timber with a small diameter are to be obtained from a forest in which sustainable operation is conducted Note Evaluation Criteria 2 for Plywood form is to be applicable only under the restrictions of either function or supply Confirm that the contents shown in Note3 are displayed on the surface of the plywood form when confirming the legality of lumbers and the sustainability of the forest where the lumbers are produced from It is necessary to display the following content on the surface of the plywood form Those contents are based on Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 a The words or certificated marks which assure the use of lumbers that are produced through appropriate procedure described in Evaluation Criteria 1 or 2 in this section b Number of accreditation or certification and the name of certification organization Those contents are displayed clearly in the area which can easily be found on the surface of each plywood form As for plywood for processed surface plywood form which are coated by paint or overlay even in the back side those contents are clearly displayed which can easily be found on the side surf
191. f specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate 3 Systems for the collection of used device recovery of parts and or material recycling are put in place Parts which cannot be reused or recycled are reduced in volume and the rests are treated properly are not landfilled directly lt Individual Criteria gt 1 Copiers and Upgradeable digital copiers a Monochrome copiers and upgradeable digital monochrome copiers excluding large format devices meet the standards of the applicable category in Table 1 1 b Color copiers and upgradeable digital color copiers excluding large format devices meet the standards of the applicable category in Table 1 2 c Large format copiers or upgradeable large format digital copiers meet the standards of the applicable category in Table 3 2 Multifunction devices excluding inkjet type a Monochrome multifunction devices excluding large format devices meet standards of the applicable category in Table 2 1 b Color multifunction devices excluding large format devices meet standards of the applicable category in Table 2 2 c Large format multifunction devices meet standards of the applicable category in Table 3 Factors for Consideration 1 Batteries do not include cadmium alloys zinc alloys or mercury alloys This requirement does not have to be met if batteries including these substances are collected reused or recycled without failure and or properly pr
192. for stamps etc Surface processing Binding processing 234 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of printing jobs that meet the criteria to the number of printing jobs to be procured including those that are ordered as a part of other services such as commissions to outside groups in the fiscal year 235 22 3 Cafeteria 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Cafeteria Evaluation Criteria Cafeteria operating under commission in a government building or its grounds must fulfill the criteria below 1 Cafeteria must practice appropriate measures for recycle and reuse including the reduction in type and volume of garbage 2 Dishes used must be capable of repeated use Factors for Consideration 1 Garbage that has been treated in a disposal etc shall be used as fertilizer livestock feed or converted into energy 2 Biodegradable bags and draining nets if used must be composted with garbage 3 Ingredients used in cafeteria must be the one contributing to the promotion of utilization of the agriculture forestry and fishery products in the region 4 Dishes shall be used that can be used again by mending or for which the reworked material are used 5 Return and collect of the containers and packaging are executed to re use Note 1 Evaluation criteria listed here is to be applied when ordering food and drinks to be used for conferences et
193. from those forests which are operated in accordance with the viewpoint to use forest material both cyclically and sustainably by maintaining the diverse functions of the forests while not contributing to the deterioration of the forest or the reduction of forest area and which maintain environmental excellence including preservation of biodiversity and social excellence including consideration for health and safety of workers b Pulp used in accordance with policies for procuring recycled and unused pulpwood that would contribute to the effective application of resources scrap wood pulpwood derived from construction lower standard pulpwood leftover pulpwood from forestry shrubbery tree root pulpwood obtained from logs affected by vermin and natural disasters bent material material with small diameter etc and fiber from waste plants 2 Lumber obtained from thinning and others denotes lumber obtained from thinning and bamboo 3 Index item denotes content of recycled pulp pulp certified by forest certification system pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals degree of bleaching and amount of coating to be 13 used for material Proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with material procurement with sustainable goals denotes pulp to be used in accordance with material procure
194. fter product use is established 2 The filling contains 80 or more by weight of filling obtained from used comforters that have been appropriately washed and disinfected for recycled use Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should use unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into 160 account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note W PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 2 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as button fastener hook and sewing thread etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into lin
195. g the Sleep Mode Power Allowances for Functional Adders listed in Table 4 to the energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep in this table to judge to meet the standard 3 Measuring method for energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International Energy Star Program Product Requirements Product Specification for Imaging Equipment Eligibility Criteria Version 2 0 Table 4 Sleep mode power allowances for added functionality Meee Functional Adder os Sonnecton RaT Details Allowance watts Type Type Mbit second Interface Wired Includes USB 1 x IEEE r lt 20 488 IEEE 1284 Parallel 0 2 Centronics RS232 20 lt r lt 500 Includes USB 2 x IEEE 1394 FireWire i LINK 0 4 100Mb Ethernet r gt 500 Includes USB 3 x 1G 0 5 39 Ethernet Includes Flash memory card smartcard readers camera interfaces PictBridge 0 2 Fax Modem Applies to Fax Machines and MFDs only 0 2 Wireless Radio frequ ency RF Includes 802 11 Bluetooth 2 0 Wireless Infrared IR Includes IrDA 0 1 Cordless Handset N A N A Capability of the Imaging Equipment to communicate with a cordless handset Applied only once regardless of the number of cordless handsets the product is designed to handle Does not address the power requirements of the cordless handset itself 0 8 Memory N A N A Applies to the inter
196. gate material that meet the standard of JIS A 5011 4 Slag aggregate for concrete Part 4 Electric arc furnace oxidizing slag aggregate fills this criteria Asphalt compound Recycled heated asphalt compound Evaluation Criteria Includes aggregate manufactured from asphalt concrete masses 196 Asphalt compound with steel slag Evaluation Criteria Steel slag for roads is used as aggregate for heated asphalt compound Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and seller of the steel slag must be identifiable Note As for Steel slag for roads material that meet the standard of JIS A 5015 Iron and steel slag for road construction fills this criteria Asphalt Warm Evaluation Criteria compound asphalt The asphalt compound that lowers the heating compound temperature at about 30 degrees C when it is manufactured securing a necessary quality by adding the adjustment medicine Note Warm asphalt compound is promoted to use as the surface and the base course material in the asphalt paving However it uses a new aggregate for the present Moreover it doesn t use it for porous asphalt Roadbed Roadbed Evaluation Criteria material material with Steel slag for roads is used for roadbed material steel slag Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and seller of the steel slag must be identifiable Note As for Steel slag for roads material that m
197. ght of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration Refillable contents Office machine cleaner liquid type Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only Factors for Consideration Refillable contents Dust blowers Evaluation Criteria Does not use Fluorocarbons In cases where highly combustible materials are used adequate instruction for its handling should accompany the product Letter cases Media cases Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill at least one of below 1 If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must 22 make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery 2 Cases for CD DVD and BD should be a slim type case that is 5mm or less in thickness 3 Uses vegetable based plastics whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed Mouse pads Office machine filters with frame Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill at least one of below 1 Meets the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery or uses vegetable based p
198. ging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Fire extinguisher under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denotes powder ABC fire extinguisher powder fire extinguisher that is in accordance with Ordinance to determine technical standards for fire extinguishers Ministry of Home Affairs Ordinance 27 September 17 1964 applicable to all of A fire B fire and Electric fire and does not include aerosol type handy fire extinguishers fire extinguishers for the ships and fire extinguishers for the aircraft and includes replacement fire protection fluid to be used during inspection 2 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the store or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used fire extinguisher b Specific information for the collection of used mobile phones etc collection method collection location etc are avai
199. h the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 Printing Paper Non coated printing Evaluation Criteria paper 1 Must fulfill one of the following a For non coated printing paper the composite rating obtained Coated printing paper by using the following numbers in the formula in note 5 must be 80 or higher content of recycled pulp pulp certified by forest certification system pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals and degree of bleaching to be used for material b For coated printing paper the composite rating obtained by using the following numbers in the formula in note 5 must be 80 or higher content of recycled pulp pulp certified by forest certification system pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material
200. harger etc is designed with consideration for ease of reuse Design for easy separation and dismantling Separation and dismantling for reuse can be performed with ease Design with considerations for Reduction of environmental load when recycling Parts that include rare metals as well as types of ordinary metals 96 recycling Structure allows for ease of separation and dismantling such as steel copper and aluminum are understood Use of complex material and processed material that interferes with recycling are reduced Structure allows for separation and dismantling to convert into material and parts that can be used as recycled material The structure allows for easy dismantling of different materials Separation and dismantling for recycling is easy Ease of separation is considered Material can be easily distinguished for recycling The type and quality of plastic used for the casing is unified as much as possible 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of products meeting the criteria to the total number of cellular phones PHS and smart phones to be purchased including lease and rental in the fiscal year 97 9 Home Electronic Appliances 9 1 Electric Refrigerators etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Electric Evaluation Criteria refrigerators 1 Energy consumption rate does not exceed the result round
201. hat meet any of the following criteria will not be considered as transformers Items that use gas as insulating material Items that use H type insulating material Scott connection transformers Items equipped with more than 3 round rotors Pole transformers Single phase transformers with rated capacity of 5kVA or less or over 5OOKVA Triple phase transformers with rated capacity of 10kVA or less or over 2000kKVA Triple phase transformers using resin insulation material used to transform triple mE alternating current to single phase and triple phased alternating current 9 Items whose rated secondary voltage of less than 100V or more than 600V 10 Wind cooled or water cooled items PNDR N H Table Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Transformers Category Formula for Type of Phase Rated Rated capacity calculating standard transformer number frequency energy consumption efficiency Oil filled Single 50 Hz E 11 25 7 transformers phase 60 Hz E 11 18 Triple 50 Hz 500 kVA or less E 16 6S8 phase Over 500 kVA E 11 18 60 Hz 500 KVA or less E 17 38 Over 500 kVA E 11 78 Molded Single 50 Hz E 16 98 transformers phase 60 Hz E 15 29 Triple 50 Hz 500 kVA or less E 23 98 phase Over 500 kVA E 22 79 7 60 Hz 500 KVA or less E 22 38 7 Over 500 kVA E 19 48 7 Note 1 Oil filled transformers refers to items that use i
202. he actual measurement of air pressure For the inspection of transmission oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the transmission oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly For the inspection of deferential oil leakage refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the deferential oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly E refers to items that must be conducted for inspection and maintenance of automobiles refers to items for which execution is desirable for inspection and maintenance of auto
203. he appropriate use of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others are determined for each product in accordance to the amount of usage for the two types of pulp in relation to other types of material used in a given time without consideration for whether or not it is actually used in individual product Forms Evaluation Criteria 1 70 recycled pulp content and no more than approximately 70 bleaching 2 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 3 If coated coating on both sides totaling no more than 12 g m2 Factors for Consideration 1 If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and tak
204. he delivery by placing those material into the mail box etc of the receiver Each package is to be comprised of one document and weigh 1 kg or less 2 Eco drive refers to Recommendation for Eco drive 10 published by Eco drive Popularization Network October 2012 Note 1 Soft accelerator e start 2 Keep a distance between cars and driving with little acceleration and deceleration 3 Early stopping of acceleration when deceleration 4 Appropriate use of air conditioner 5 Stop a useless idling 6 Avoid getting congested have time and leave 7 Inspection and maintenance of cars start from air pressure in the tires 8 Removal of unnecessary load from car 9 Stop parking that disturbs running and 10 Understand own fuel cost 3 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 requires the fulfillment of the following a b The driver has been informed of eco drive A manager responsible for eco drive has been assigned manual has been 261 created including the use of an existing manual and a system for promoting eco drive has been put in place c Education and training regarding eco drive is being performed d Energy use is being maintained through the maintenance of operation records under the categories of driver and car type 4 Inspection and maintenance of cars in Evaluation Criteria 3 refers to the observance of the items outlined in the Regulations for Road Tran
205. he number of physical CPU cores and CPU clock speed represents the Max TDP core frequency not the turbo boost frequency Table3 5 TECgr Functional Adder Allowances for Desktop Integrated Desktop Notebook Computers and Thin Client Adder Allowances Category Desktop Integrated Desktop Notebook TECyem kWh 0 8 Gl FB BWS lt 16 36 14 G2 16 lt FB_BW lt 32 51 20 G3 32 lt FB BW lt 64 64 26 G4 64 lt FB BW lt 96 83 32 G5 96 lt FB_BW lt 128 105 42 TECor FB_BW gt 128 kWh Frame Buffer Data kWh G6 r 115 48 lt 192bit FB BW gt 128 Frame Buffer Data G7 Se 130 60 192bit TECsw kWh 0 5xG1 N A TEC grx kWh 8 76x0 2 0 15 0 35 Sea 0 10 0 30 TECst kWh 26 2 6 8 76x0 35x 8 76x0 30x TECpis kWh N A 1 EP x 1 EP x 4xr 0 05xA 2xr 0 02xA 75 Note 1 TECgr applies to only the first dGfx installed in the system but not Switchable Graphics 2 FB_BW is the display frame buffer bandwidth in gigabytes per second GB s This should be calculated as follows Data Rate Mhz x Frame Buffer Data Width 8 x 1000 3 TECsw may not apply TECpis However for Desktop and Integrated Desktop systems providing Switchable Graphics and enabling it by default an allowance equal to 50 of the G1 graphics allowance for the platform type Desktop or Integrated Desktop may be applied 4 TECsr applies once if system has more than one Additional Internal Storage element 5
206. he period of time for which the exception is applicable will be determined in consideration with market trend Table Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency and its Calculation Formula of Liquid Crystal Television and Plasma Television Category Standard energy Number n Dynamic Cons UmpHOn of Tele esate image Additional function s prtieieney r pixels receiver size Display calculation formula With no added functions E 59 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 71 normal With 2 added functions E 83 below With 3 added functions E 95 19V size With no added functions E 74 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 86 double speed With 2 added functions E 98 FHD With 3 added functions E 110 With no added functions E 2 0xS 21 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 2 0xS 33 Not below normal With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 45 19V size but With 3 added functions E 2 0xS 57 below 32V With no added functions E 2 0xS 36 size Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 2 0xS 48 double speed With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 60 With 3 added functions E 2 0xS 72 102 Others Liquid crystal With no added functions E 2 0xS 58 quadruple With 1 added function E 2 0xS 70 speed or With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 82 plasma With 3 added functio
207. he product product name manufacturer brand name name of the main machine etc and the resulting problem is recorded b Ink cartridges should be selected with consideration for its objective and use 1 In cases where a high quality print out including photo quality print outs or long term preservation is necessary or when use at a place subject to direct sunlight is expected select an ink cartridge that excels at resistance to light ozone and water and is at the same time coordinated with the main machine Select an ink cartridge with consideration for the possibility that ink from a new ink cartridge and ink that was used to refill a recycled ink cartridge may not produce the same color 11 Each procurement group must carefully consider that the business should be providing with the following document from the viewpoint of securing reliability concerning the chemical safety of the product and business s collecting system recycling system and appropriate treatment systems etc when the cartridge etc are procured For instance it is possible to confirm it on the Website etc opened to the public in the business s judgment a Ames test report etc for toner and ink b SDS Safety Data Sheet for toner and ink c Certificate etc that show the evaluation criteria is filled about construction of various systems and recycling rate etc shown in Factors for Consideration 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of
208. high quality paper medium quality paper straw paper Processed Processed Processed Processed paper paper paper paper Colored paper Colored paper Colored paper Sublimation Rank A fancy Rank B fancy Rank C fancy transfer paper paper Rank A paper Rank B paper Rank C thermal foam Resin permeated paper coated resin permeated paper aromatic paper water with resin such paper excluding paper soluble as polyethylene water soluble etc paper types sulfate laminated with parchment resin such as paper tarpaulin polyethylene paper wax glassine paper paper India paper cellophane synthesized paper carbon paper carbon less paper thermal paper solderless paper 2 Inks Regular inks Regular inks Relief printing inks flat printing inks offset printing inks gravure ink solvent flexo ink solvent screen inks Water based gravure ink water based flexo ink 227 Specialty inks Recycle ready UV inky Silver and gold ink for offset printing pearl ink OCR ink oil based Specialty inks UV ink silver and gold ink for gravure printing OCR UV ink EB ink fluorescent ink Specialty inks Thermal ink low sensitivity ink magnetic ink Specialty inks Sublimating ink foam ink aromatic ink Specialty processing OP varnish Digital Printing Inks Digital Printing Inks Recycle Dry Tone
209. ia 1 Expiration date is over five years Quick cooking rice 2 Name ingredients content amount expiration date recommended method of storage and name of manufacturer Non perishable are listed on the product and the external package bread for an emergency Factors for Consideration A system exists for minimizing waste production through Pilot bread collection and recycling Retort processed Evaluation Criteria food etc 1 Fulfills one of the following a Expiration date is over five years b Expiration date is over three years later and a system is in place for the collection and recycling of the container accessory material and heat generating material 2 Name ingredients content amount expiration date recommended method of storage and name of manufacturer are listed on the product and the external package Factors for Consideration A system exists for minimizing waste production through collection and recycling Health foods Evaluation Criteria Nutrition foods 1 Expiration date is over three years 2 Name ingredients content amount expiration date Freeze dried foods recommended method of storage and name of manufacturer are listed on the product and the external package Factors for Consideration A system exists for minimizing waste production through collection and recycling Note l Canned food Quick cooking rice Non perishable bread for an emergency Pilot br
210. ial used for the parts is listed as much as possible to enable separation upon disposal For Evaluation Criteria 5 maintain for six years or more after the termination of product manufacturing does not apply in cases when applicable machine cannot be used continuously due to change in the communication system Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 95 9 The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 10 Rare metals refers to the 31 types of metals the seventeen rare earth elements are considered as one metal type specified at the Special Meeting for the Comprehensive Assessment of Rare Metals at the Mining Panel of the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry 11 Recycled Plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product th
211. ials after product use is established 2 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should use unused fiber or reconstructed fiber as much as possible 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Work gloves Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester fiber products shall include polyester from recycled PET resins At least 50 by weight of all natural and chemical fiber used excluding anti slip coating shall be polyester from recycled pet resins 2 Fiber comprised of post consumer material makes up at least 50 by weight of the entire product weight excluding anti slip coating Factors for Consideration 1 Fibers other than polyester from recycled PET resin should also be made of unused fiber or reconstructed fiber excluding anti slip coating 2 Does not use bleaches Tents Evaluation criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 185 10 by weight o
212. ials is no greater than 0 02 mg m h or the equivalent 3 Must fulfill the following a At least 50 recycled pulp content b If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration 1 Designed for long term use taking into account maintenance repair and the replaceability of parts that wear Designed to enable component reuse and easy disassembly for refurbishment and recycling or the appropriate disposal of the separated parts after the item s useful life Special care taken in the design of the item s metal components to enable long term use conservation of resources and reuse of materials 2 If the material includes wood lumber that is used as the raw material with the exception of lumber obtained from thinning or recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation 3 If the material includes paper and furthermore if virgin pulp is used pulpwood that is used as the raw material is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainab
213. iate distribution through adjustment of placement and direction of vents Reduction of In heating and accordance cooling period with season and outdoor temperature Stoppage of AS AS ventilation in appropriate appropriate empty rooms storage etc Reduction of Daily operation period Restricting air Daily conditioning during overtime hours Closing blinds and Daily curtains before the weekend to lessen the air conditioning load at the beginning of the work week 251 Restricting air conditioning during early morning and late night cleaning period Daily Prohibiting opening of windows and doors during air In accordance with season and outdoor conditioning temperature hours Change in the As needed layout of partitions and desks that obstruct air conditioning Employ milder Daily Seasonally temperatures for common areas Educating Seasonally Seasonally workers on such matters as individual adjustment through clothing Sprinkling water In on the rooftop etc accordance during with summertime outdoor employment of temperature vaporization heat for the relevant period Individual Optimizationof As needed As needed air automatic control conditionin functions g units including sensors Regular cleaning Twice or Twice or of air filters more per more per year year Regular cleaning Twice or Twice or of hot and
214. ible 4 Measures are taken for the incorporation of Intelligent Transport System ITS including Vehicle Information and Communication System VICS adaptable car navigation system and Electronic Toll Collection System ETC 5 Maintain an understanding of energy use conditions at business and sales offices and make an effort to decrease energy use rate in said facilities 6 Effort is made for efficient dispatching of cars with the incorporation of GPS AVM system 265 Note 1 Eco drive refers to Recommendation for Eco drive 10 published by Eco drive Popularization Network October 2012 Note 1 Soft accelerator e start 2 Keep a distance between cars and driving with little acceleration and deceleration 3 Early stopping of acceleration when deceleration 4 Appropriate use of air conditioner 5 Stop a useless idling 6 Avoid getting congested have time and leave 7 Inspection and maintenance of cars start from air pressure in the tires 8 Removal of unnecessary load from car 9 Stop parking that disturbs running and 10 Understand own fuel cost 2 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 requires the fulfillment of the following a The driver has been informed of eco drive b A manager responsible for eco drive has been assigned manual has been created including the use of an existing manual and a system for promoting eco drive has been put in place
215. ical Specifications and Tender Documentation into full account 2 Designated Procurement Items Evaluation Criteria and Basic Matters Relating to the Promotion of the Procurement of Designated Procurement Goods 2 1 Basic Approach 2 1 a Setting Procurement Targets for Goods Meeting the Criteria Each fiscal year each institution shall establish targets of the procurement of goods and services meeting the evaluation criteria for each designated procurement item hereinafter referred to as designated procurement goods 2 1 b Character of Evaluation Criteria etc Though it is preferable to take into account the reduction of environmental impact over the entire product lifecycle when making green purchasing decisions evaluation criteria for each designated procurement item shall be established on clear matters including the use of numerical criteria so as to use them as objective guideline for the actual purchase of eco friendly goods and services Additionally while each eco friendly good makes a corresponding contribution toward reducing environmental impact the evaluation criteria are established to clarify the goods and services included in the procurement targets set by each institution each fiscal year in its procurement policy and to be used as one of the standard for the promotion of green purchasing Therefore goods and services meeting the evaluation criteria are neither the only ones that contribute to environmental conserva
216. iciency of applicable category in Table 2 For business use heat pump style electric hot water supply system coefficient of performance is 3 50 or higher 3 Fluorocarbons are not used as refrigerant Factors for Consideration 1 The materials with a low global warming potential to the extent possible are used for the refrigerant 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 3 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Equipments having a heating function will not be considered as Heat pump style electric hot water supply system in the evaluation criteria 2 The coefficient of performance for business use heat pump style electric hot water supply system is to be calculated using the below formula Coefficient of performance COP Rated heating capacity Rated consumed electricity Rated heating capacity Heat that is supplied to the circulating hot water when the heat pump unit is operated in accordance with the rated heating criteria listed in Attached Table For systems that are simultaneously heated with a hea
217. iency meet the standard for the applicable category of light source color in Table 1 However for reflective lamps whose divergence is less than 90 degrees the lamp efficiency is no less than 501m W b Average color rendering index Ra of 70 or more c Rated life is at least 40 000 hours However for reflective lamps whose divergence is less than 90 degrees rated life shall be at least 30 000 hours 2 Self ballasted fluorescent lamps must meet the following criteria a Energy consumption efficiency is not lower than the standard energy consumption efficiency of applicable category in Table 2 b No more than average 4 mg encapsulated mercury per product c Rated life is at least 6 000 hours 3 Other than noted above 1 or 2 must meet the following criteria 133 a Lamp efficiency is no less than 501m W b Rated life of at least 6 000 hours Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note l Bulb shaped LED lamps and Self ballasted fluorescent lamps under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section must fit directly into a incandescent socket However it will not apply for lamps equipped with such as passive sensor and emergency lighting direct current circuit Measuring methods of Average color rendering index Ra is in accordance with light source
218. ified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of paper shredders meeting the criteria to the total number of paper shredders to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 86 7 2 Digital Duplicators 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Digital duplicators Note 1 Digital duplicators are full auto duplicator system through the method of stencil duplicating with digital reproduction function 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Evaluation Criteria 1 Energy consumption rate does not exceed the number noted for each category in Table 2 When the paper used meets the criteria for specified procurement product must be capable of using the specified procurement material Factors for Consideration 1 Asystem for the collection and reuse recycling of used ink cartridges is considered 2 Batteries do not include cadmium alloys lead alloys or mercury alloys This is not required ho
219. ilver recovery from the waste liquid and the plate making film exclude an impossible case technically It is necessary to execute the printing plates reuse or recycling recycling is included which the printing plates while keeping the quality and the reproducing to the printing plates again in plate process exclude an impossible case technically It is considered as meeting the evaluation criteria if making and operating the manual etc to execute measures concerned about VOC emission in offset printing process Decrease of negative environmental impact of the printing machine in digital printing process and Suppress noise and vibrations in binding treatment process Recycling to the papermaking stock etc in digital printing process and surface treatment process includes recycling processing to RPF and energy recovery etc other than recycling for papermaking stock etc 231 Table 3 Material Confirmation Sheet sample Note Date To XYZ Company Subject Material Confirmation Sheet Printing material Used Recycle Category Manufacturer Note compliancy product name ranking Paper Text X A High quality xx paper paper manufacturing Front X A Construction xx paper cover paper manufacturing Back X A High quality xx paper cover paper manufacturing Covering material Ink X A Flat printing xx ink ink company Proces
220. ily to use recycled unplasticized polyvinyl chloride pipes and should be the one that can be confirmed by the document and AS58 Plumbing Automatic Evaluation Criteria fixtures faucet By electric control system water comes out in the automatic operation when the hand is close to the faucet without touch and water stops in the automatic operation when the hand is kept away 214 Toilet and Evaluation Criteria urinal Amount of water flushed in one procedure does not equipped with exceed 4 liters Amount of water can be controlled automatic depending on usage flushing system Western style Evaluation Criteria toilets Amount of water flushed in one procedure does not exceed 8 5 liters Note Automatic faucet in the evaluation criteria of this section is the one to be used for wash and toiletry of public washroom It must be prompt still water after the hand is kept away to stop water Concrete Form Evaluation Criteria form utilizing Form utilizing recycled material is to be comprised at recycled least 50 by weight of recycled material those that uses material those listed in Attached Table as raw material and is being recycled again after use Attached Table Category of material that can be used as raw material for recycling Recycled plastic Pulp from recycled paper Factors for Consideration Form utilizing recycled material must have been confirmed for
221. imal place x1 content ratio of recycled pulp satisfying minimal guarantee x2 content ratio of pulp certified by forest certification system x2 pulp certified by forest certification system virgin pulp x 100 x1 x3 content ratio of pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others x3 pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others virgin pulp x 100 x1 x4 content ratio of pulp that satisfy other sustainable goals x4 pulp that satisfy other sustainable goals virgin pulp x 100 x1 x5 degree of bleaching degree of bleaching is to be determined as management standard per each product lot at the time of production Amounts within 3 of management standard are to be allowed When coloring occurs with purposes other than to match the lot color when bleaching is done intentionally does not count towards additional points x6 weight per unit g m2 weight per unit is to be determined as management standard per each product lot at the time of production Amounts within 5 of management standard are to be allowed 6 As copy paper with low weight per unit has a relatively high risk of curling jamming and tearing at the time of copying it is necessary to pay attention when procuring paper with low weight per unit 7 When using copier paper for the copiers and the printers each procurement organization must confirm the printability and print quality based on information offered by
222. in the system Note that environmental departments and accounting procurement departments must independently contribute to this process Each institution shall clearly describe a concrete green purchasing promotion system in its purchasing policy 3 2 Scope of Procurement Policy Application As a rule the procurement policy shall be applied to all organizations belonging to the institution However in the case of specific departments where it is not feasible to uniformly promote green purchasing a separate procurements policy shall be created for those departments after clearly noting the reasons in the procurement policy Each institution shall clearly note the scope of its application in the procurement policy 3 3 Publication of Procurement Policy Summery of Procurement Track Record and Methods Therein Publication of procurement targets of environmental goods and services each fiscal year through publication of procurement policy assumed to lead the supply of eco friendly goods and services by the enterprises from the demand side Additionally in order to successfully promote green purchasing it is necessary to accurately grasp the procurement track record which will be reflected to procurement policy and to show the summery of record in an easy to understand format to clarify the progress of green purchasing objectively 3 4 Establishment of Committee of Related Government Ministries and Agencies etc A committee of government minis
223. inated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product When the printer to be procured includes consumables comprised of a single toner container and fulfills the Evaluation Criteria 5 of Toner Cartridge indicated 5 6 Cartridges etc in this Basic Policy The chemical safety of toner is confirmed it will be treated as a specified procurement As for Evaluation Criteria 3 as a precondition papers are required not to have negative effect on the machine and are able to be used for the print quality without trouble Table 1 1 Standards for standard energy consumption in monochrome printers excluding inkjet type impact type and large format devices
224. ing occurs with purposes other than to match the lot color when bleaching is done intentionally does not count towards additional points x6 amount of coating g m2 amount of coating coating on both sides is to be determined as management standard per each product lot at the time of production When using printing paper for the copiers and the printers each procurement organization must confirm the printability and print quality based on information offered by the paper manufacturer making public on the product or websites Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 Confirmation of lumber obtained from thinning to be used for pulp is to be done in accordance with Guidelines for confirming thinning wood chips February 13 2009 As paper is produced from a mixture of multiple wood chips it is permissib
225. ing the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of clocks meeting the criteria to the total number of clocks to be purchased in the fiscal year 90 7 4 Electronic Table Calculators 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Electronic table calculators Evaluation Criteria 1 50 or more of its power source is obtained from solar battery 2 Recycled plastic comprises 40 or more by weight of the total plastic used Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Electronic table calculators under consideration in this section refer to calculators used for ordinary administrative tasks 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of electronic table calculators meeting the criteria to the total number of electronic table calculators to be purchased in the fiscal year 91 7 5 Batteries 1 It
226. ion Rate for Microwave Ovens Category Standard Energy Function Heating method Interior capacity Consumption Rate Products that are not equipped with the conventional oven f f 60 1 function single function microwave oven Heater is exposed Less than 30 L 73 4 does not include e N 30L or more 78 2 Products that are a joped with the nchon equipp Heater is not Less than 30L 70 4 conventional oven noton exposed does not include convection 30L or more 79 6 function Convection oven 73 5 style Note 1 Interior capacity is calculated in accordance with the effective size of the heating compartment determined by regulations for designating product quality of electric appliances based on household appliance quality display regulations 1962 regulation No 104 2 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 2 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 59 March 29 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of microwave ovens meeting the criteria to the total number of microwave ovens to be purchased in the fiscal year 108 10 Air Conditioners etc 10 1 Air Conditioners 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Air conditioners Evaluation Criteria 1 Energy consumption efficiency of air conditioners that are applicable to
227. is less than 27 inches Pep 0 30xP visible diagonal screen size is 27 inches or more Pgp 0 75xP 5 For products with Automatic Brightness Control ABC enabled by default a power allowance Papc use the value that adds Pagc of the allowance to power consumption P calculated according to this table for the agreement judgment If following Ragc is less than 20 Pagc shall not be added The method of calculating power consumption decrease rate Ragc and allowance Pagc depends on as follows Ragc 100x P300 P10 P300 P300 is the energy consumption tested with an ambient light level of 300lux 80 Pio is the energy consumption tested with an ambient light level of 10lux P ABC 0 10xP 6 Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International Energy Star Program Operating Specification of Appendix Table 2 2 enforced in June 2013 Table2 Standard of power consumption at sleep mode and off mode for Displays Power consumption at sleep mode W Power consumption at off mode W Notes l Sleep Mode is the power mode the product enters after receiving a signal from a connected device or an internal stimulus The product must wake from this mode on receiving a signal from a connected device a network a remote control and or an internal stimulus The standard of the sleep mode power consumption must use the value calculated that adds the power allowances in sleep mode fo
228. ise is judged objectively by a third party 6 Adequate information is displayed concerning the application of film Factors for Consideration Shielding coefficient is as low as possible Note Sunlight adjustment film refers to films applied onto window glass of buildings and are equipped with the ability to shield sunlight in order to increase the efficiency of air conditioning Shielding coefficient transmission rate for visible ray and heat transmission rate are to be calculated in accordance with JIS A 5759 As for evaluation criteria 1 if transmission rate for visible ray is more than 70 shielding coefficient is less than 0 8 In order to confirm the weather resistance of sunlight adjustment function conduct 1 000 hour testing in accordance with weather resistance testing designated in JIS A 5759 and make sure that the change in shielding coefficient is within 0 10 of the standards designated in Evaluation Criteria 1 After use of the product decrease in environmental load is confirmed when compared to the condition before use means that decrease in cooling load is confirmed in a simulation of heat load calculation system that takes radiant heat into account Each procurement organization must take into account the following a In procuring sunlight adjustment film construction by the person having a technological qualification of Ist or 2nd grade Certified Skilled Worker of Architectural Film or the equal t
229. iteria and Factors for Consideration listed above apply to special procurement items that are included in stationery For special procurement items with specific evaluation criteria marked with evaluation criteria for that item will be applied in lieu of the evaluation criteria listed above Mechanical pencils Mechanical pencil lead Factors for Consideration Its design and operation is such that as low as possible an amount of unused lead is left over or un usable each time the user supplies and replaces the lead in the mechanical pencil Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only Ball point pens Factors for Consideration Replaceable ink cartridges Marking pens Factors for Consideration Consumable parts can be replaced or refilled Pencils Ink pads Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding consumable parts Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration Ink fluid is refillable Vermilion ink pads Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding consumable parts Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must
230. l no less than 0 1 Fermented Evaluation Criteria compost Meets the following criteria uses as raw material 25 or using more by weight of sewage sludge dehydrated sludge sewage based and uses organic material including excrement of sludge domestic animals animal or vegetable food residue or Sewage wood based scrap material as other raw material with the sludge exception of non organic soil conditioner compost e Percentage of organic material dry no less than 35 e Carbon to nitrogen ratio C N ratio no more than 20 e pH no more than 8 5 e Water content no more than 50 e Nitrogen content N actual no less than 0 8 e Phosphoric acid content P205 actual no less than 1 0 e Alkaline content actual no more than 15 This does not apply when used for the purpose of correcting the acidity of the soil Note 1 Fermented compost using sewage sludge includes those used as a soil conditioner 2 Material that satisfy the official standards for regular fertilizer February 22 1986 Ministry of Forestry Agriculture and Fisheries Notice No 284 in accordance with Regulations for Fertilizer Control Article 3 and Article 25 proviso 202 Road Environment Evaluation Criteria illuminations ally friendly Road illumination equipment utilizes high pressure road sodium lamp or ceramic metal halide lamp whose illuminations electricity consumption is over 45 lower than illumination eq
231. l place y3 calculated rating for proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals rounded to one decimal place y4 calculated sum of degree of bleaching rounded to one decimal place not applied for colored printing paper or fancy paper including fine quality of colored paper and general colored paper used colorant 5 point adding in case of colored printing paper and fancy paper of Rank A the one not obstructed in recycling to printing paper that meet the criteria of printing refer to printing section there is no adding point for other paper y5 calculated sum of amount of coating rounded to one decimal place x1 content ratio of recycled pulp satisfying minimal guarantee x2 content ratio of pulp certified by forest certification system x2 pulp certified by forest certification system virgin pulp x 100 x1 x3 content ratio of pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others x3 pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others virgin pulp x 100 x1 x4 content ratio of pulp that satisfy other sustainable goals x4 pulp that satisfy other sustainable goals virgin pulp x 100 x1 14 x5 degree of bleaching degree of bleaching is to be determined as management standard per each product lot at the time of production Amounts within 3 of management standard are to be allowed When color
232. lable for the users on the package enclosed printed matter user s manual or the website A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 3 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the 150 recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of fire extinguishers meeting the criteria to the total number of fire extinguishers to be purchased in the fiscal year 151 15 Uniforms and Work Clothes 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Uniforms and work clothes Evaluation Criteria 1 Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber must fulfill one of the following a Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used except lining If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers except lining accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers except lining b Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no l
233. laimed speeds differ when producing images on A4 size or 8 5 x 11 paper the higher of 37 two shall be used Same applies for Tables 1 2 2 1 2 2 and 3 below 2 Products for A3 capable Standard format products with a paper path width equal to or greater than 275 mm are a 0 3 kWh wk allowance standards of the applicable category in the Tables Same applies for Tables 1 2 2 1 and 2 2 below 3 Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International ENERGY STAR Program Requirements Product Specification for Imaging Equipment Eligibility Criteria Version 2 0 Same applies for Tables 1 2 2 1 and 2 2 below Table 1 2 Standards for energy consumption for Color copiers and Upgradeable digital color copiers excluding large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm Standards k Wh daplesspriatine funciona ipm lt 10 lt 1 3 10 lt ipm lt 15 lt 0 06xipm 0 7 Not applied 15 lt ipm lt 19 Jonta 19 lt ipm lt 30 SOEN Integral to the base l product or optional Pa lt 0 2xipm 2 15 accessory 35 lt ipm lt 75 Integral to the base 75 lt ipm lt 0 7xipm 39 65 product Table 2 1 Standards for energy consumption for Monochrome multifunction devices excluding large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm Standards kWh iplex poau ninenon ipm lt 5 lt 0 4 Not applied
234. lastics whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed 2 Recycled plastic makes up more than 50 of frame weight Paper cutters with round blades Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Box cutters Cutting mats Factors for Consideration Both sides of the mat can be used Desk pads OHP film Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill at least one of below 1 Recycled plastic makes up at least 30 of plastic weight 2 OHP film for inkjet printers must fulfill either the above criteria or must use vegetable based plastics whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed Paint brushes Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Paints Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only India ink Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only Glue liquid Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only including refills Factors for Consideration Glue paste Refillable contents including Refills
235. le 5 1 Standards for energy consumption at low power mode etc for copiers with consideration for reuse Copy speed in Low power Time to Recovery time Off Time to Automatic copies per mode watts switch to from low power mode switch duplex minute CPM low mode watts to off mode power mode mode 0 lt CPM lt 20 N A N A N A Ley 20 e min ded 20 lt CPM lt 44 lt 3 85xcpMisw lt gt lt 30sec lt 1sw 60 Mandatory min min 44 lt cPpM _ lt 3 85xcpM sw lt gt lt 30sec lt 20w lt 2 Mandatory min recommended min Note 1 Copy speed is measured as CPM the number of copies produced per minute The same definition applies for Table 5 2 below Each duplex output counts as two copies For copiers other than large format copiers measure CPM using A4 size paper For large format copiers measure CPM with the largest size paper the machine can process and convert into the number of A4 size paper using the following calculation 1 A2 size CPM x 4 41 2 Al size CPM x 8 3 AO size CPM x 16 Automatic duplex mode is the function to simultaneously copy both sides automatically The same definition applies for Table 5 3 and Table 5 5 below Recommended denotes that it is desirable for a copier to have duplex mode function or can be supplemented with duplex mode function The same definition applies for Table 5 3 and Table 5 5 below Ma
236. le digital tuner and blue ray disk recorder E and S represent the following numeric values E standard energy consumption efficiency unit kWh year S Television receiver size Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 2 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 24 February 18 2010 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of television receivers meeting the criteria to the total number of television receivers to be purchased including lease and rental agreements in the fiscal year 104 9 3 Electric Toilet Seats 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Electric toilet seats Evaluation Criteria Energy consumption efficiency shall not exceed the result decimal point eliminated of the standard energy efficiency rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 159 Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and red
237. le operation 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take 162 into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 Asystem for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Mattresses Evaluation Criteria 1 Products includes polyester fiber or synthetic fiber made from vegetable used for filling components must fulfill one of the following a Products include polyester fiber accounts for no less than 25 polyester from recycled PET resins by weight of all fibers used b Products include synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used 2 All fiber used for felt must be unused fiber or reconstructed fiber 3 The amount of free formaldehyde excreted from material not to exceed 75 ppm 4 Fluorocarbons are not used as expanding agent for urethane foam Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed for long term use so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Items that ar
238. le to take into consideration the difficulty of securing the actual proportion for each product during the manufacturing process and use the credit method that is in accordance with Operation guidelines for credit method for pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning February 13 2009 stipulated by Ministry of Environment Credit method refers to a method whereby the appropriate use of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others are determined for each product in accordance to the amount of usage for the two types of pulp in relation to other types of material used in a given time without consideration for whether or not it is actually used in individual product 15 Hygienic Paper Toilet paper Evaluation Criteria 100 recycled pulp content Tissue paper Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 2 Recycled paper and the percentage of recycled paper pulp content The definition of recycled paper and relating terms and the percentage of recycled pulp content defining as Evaluation Criteria in each article is as follows lt The definition of recycled paper and relating terms gt Recycled paper Post consumer recycled paper and pre consumer recycled pa
239. legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 Flooring Flooring Evaluation Criteria 1 Uses lumber from thinning glued laminated timber left over wood blocks from wood processing factories etc left over forest wood of those with a small diameter Lumber other than described above is to be obtained from pulpwood that is in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 2 For cases other than 1 the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 3 For material used to finish the interior of living spaces average formaldehyde discharge may not exceed 0 3mg L maximum discharge may not exceed 0 4mg L Factors for Consideration Lumber that is used as the raw material with the exception of lumber obtained from thinning left over forest wood and lumber with a small diameter is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation Note 1 Flooring under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section are to be used for carpentry in buildings 2 Evaluation Criteria 2 for flooring is to be applicable only in cases where restrictions exist on either function or deman
240. less than 703 kg 15 9 km l Vehicle weight of 703 kg or more but 14 1 km l less than 828 kg Vehicle weight of 828 kg or more but 13 5 km l less than 1 016 kg Vehicle weight of 1 016 kg or more but 12 0 km l less than 1 266 kg Vehicle weight of 1 266 kg or more but 9 8 km l less than 1 516 kg Vehicle weight of 1 516 kg or more but 7 9 km l less than 1 766 kg Vehicle weight of 1 766 kg or more but 6 7 km l less than 2 016 kg Vehicle weight of 2 016 kg or more but 5 9 km l less than 2 266 kg Vehicle weight of 2 266 kg or more 4 8 km l Table 10 Standard Fuel Efficiency in 10 15 Mode for LP Gas Small Freight Vehicles Category Standard fuel Type of motor Type of Vehicle weight Structure of efficiency vehicle transmissi motor vehicle minimum on Mini size Manual Less than 703 kg A 15 8 km l freight B 13 3 km l vehicles 703 kg or more but less A 14 1 km l than 828 kg B 13 1 km l 828 kg or more 12 1 km l Other than Less than 703 kg A 14 8 km l 145 manual B 12 7 km l 703 kg or more but less A 12 9 km l than 828 kg B 12 1 km l 828 kg or more 11 7 km l Light duty Manual Less than 1 016 kg 13 9 km l freight 1 016 kg or more 12 3 km l vehicles Other than Less than 1 016 kg 11 7 km l manual 1 016 kg or more 10 8 km l Medium duty Manual Less than 1 266 kg A 11 3 km l freight B 9 6 km l vehicles 1 266 kg
241. lization 4 When transplanting is required a proposal should be made to facility manager for the selection of tree types with low possibility of harvesting vermin and harmful insects while in consideration for the existing landscape 5 Equipments and tools used for landscape management should be selected upon taking into consideration their ability to decrease environmental load 6 Using the planting material that substitute for the soil for landscape management as much as possible Note l Stationed management refers to a system of management where a personnel that performs the operation surveillance and daily inspection and maintenance etc is stationed on site Evaluation Criteria 2 3 and 4 for Government Building Management should be applied when work included in contract includes content that applies to the evaluation criteria Measures to be put in place in accordance with Evaluation Criteria 2 for Government Building Management should be conducted with an understanding of the management status of the facility size of buildings usage of facilities and machines in the building in consultation with the facility manager and in reference to Table below Building users refers to people who work in or visit the building Evaluation Criteria 2 3 and 4 for Government Building Management shall not include renovation of the facility or the renewal or introduction of large scaled facilities and
242. ls equivalent to such qualification investigate and analyze the running status operational manner and the amount of the energy use of equipment such as public office buildings Additionally based on the results of those investigation and analysis proposal to improve energy conservation such as introducing new equipment or facilities refurbishment or operational improvement including those listed in Table 2 are made Table 1 First class registered architects First class registered construction execution managing engineers First class registered electrical engineering execution managing engineers First class registered piping works execution managing engineers Engineers construction electrical computer mechanical sanitation environmental Energy management professionals Building engineers Electrical chief engineer Table 2 History of energy consumption actual lighting heating cooling and water use costs and state of facility maintenance and operation over the past 3 years Performances or estimates of energy consumption by the facility and equipment with the basis for the estimates Estimates of the amount of energy conservation by the installation of new facilities and equipment and refurbishment with the basis of estimates Estimates of the amount of energy conservation by the operational improvement items with the basis of estimates Esti
243. ludes any high capacity Internal storage product including Disk N A N A hard disk and solid state drives 0 15 Drives Does not cover interfaces to external drives Note Among adder type the number of allowances claimed for interface functional adders including any fax capability is 2 or less and the number of allowances of any non interface functional adders is unlimited 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of scanners meeting the criteria to the total number of scanners to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 57 5 5 Projectors 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Projectors Evaluation Criteria 1 2 3 4 5 6 The weight of product main body shall not exceed the number obtained by the formula of applicable category in Table 1 The power consumption shall not exceed the number obtained by the formula of applicable category in Table 2 Standby power consumption shall be 0 5W or less However this is not applicable on the network latency If a mercury lamp is used as a light source must fulfill the following a Make it known to users that mercury is used and provide the information about appropriate disposal method b A system is in place for the collection of used lamps or products Supply of the service parts and spare parts shall be continued for 5 years or more after the termination of product manufacturing Contents of s
244. lves for appropriate appropriate cold and hot water supply to an extent that does not result in inconvenience Ventilation Restriction of As needed As needed facilities ventilation in machine and electric rooms and storage Turning off AS AS ventilation in appropriate appropriate unused rooms storage machine room etc Natural In ventilation accordance through opening with season and closing of and outdoor windows temperature Inspection and Once or Once or replacement of fan more per more per belts year year Common Change in In Seasonally factors for standards for accordance heating interior with season and temperature and and outdoor air conditi humidity temperature oning Optimization of Daily Seasonally facilities operation and suspension of machines including reduction of operation hours Optimization of Weekly or Seasonally operation methods more based on interior load factors for each season 250 Promote the practice of turning off related functions outdoor units and thermal source devices before turning off the air conditioner Daily Seasonal operation of heating and cooling in the In accordance with season and outdoor interior perimeter temperature area Optimization of AS AS the placement of appropriate appropriate temperature and humidity sensor Unification of AS AS temperature appropriate appropr
245. m contamos N lt 2 500 0 085 x p xaxfxyt 80 2 500 lt 6 lt 5 000 0 077 x xaxfPxyt 80 Note a P y is a factor denotes the following a Projectors having the resolution of WXGA 1 280 x 768 dots or higher 1 1 others 1 0 f Short focus projectors or super short focus projectors 1 cos 8 others 1 0 However is injection angle of a horizontal line passing through the center of a projector lens mirror and the center of a project screen p shall be up to 1 3 y Products using 2 or more lamps as a light source 1 5 others 1 0 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of products meeting the criteria to the total number of projectors to be purchased including lease or rental in the fiscal year 60 5 6 Cartridges etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Toner cartridges Evaluation Criteria 1 A system is put in place for the recovery and material recycling of used toner cartridges 2 Parts of used and recovered toner cartridges that are reused or have undergone material recycling comprises 50 or more by total weight of the collected used item excluding toner 3 Parts of used and recovered toner cartridges whose resources are recycled comprises 95 or more by total weight of the collected used item excluding toner 4 Parts of used toner cartridges that have been collected cannot be reused or recycled must do reduction of volume etc appropriate treatment and prevention of direct la
246. maintenance businesses and automobile dealers that do not perform engine cleaning Table Criteria for Gas Emission that Requires Engine Cleaning Type of Automobile Carbon Monoxide CO Hydrocarbon HC Regular Automobiles A Small Sized Automobiles A ie Light Automobiles 2 500ppm 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of automobile maintenances that meet the criteria to the number of Automobile Maintenances conducted in the fiscal year 239 22 6 Management of Government Office Buildings etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Management of government office buildings Evaluation Criteria 1 2 3 4 Products used for management of government office buildings when applicable to the designated procurement items fulfill the evaluation criteria of each items Appropriate measure for each facility is selected from a to d below and state of operation is reported monthly to the management of the institution in based on management criteria including operation of facilities and machines frequency of measurement and frequency and method of inspection a Adequate setting and management of temperature and humidity is in place b Measures are in place for the maintenance of lighting efficiency c Measures are in place for the maintenance of energy efficiency in air conditioning and heat source equipments d Adequate management and measures are in place for facility
247. make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration Ink fluid is refillable 19 Stamp case with Factors for Consideration inkpad Refillable ink Stamp case Official seal Rubber stamp Date stamp Rulers Trays Erasers Evaluation Criteria apply to sleeve or case only Staplers general purp ose type Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the total plastic used except the mechanical parts In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Staplers other than general purpose type Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Staple removers Clamp on clip dispensers main body Evaluation Criteria If the primary materi
248. mated funds necessary for introduction of new equipment with the basis for the estimates 2 Target Setting Guideline Number of energy conservation diagnosis contracts to be procured for the fiscal year Note facilities which are eligible to undergo this diagnosis shall be concretely defined each fiscal year 223 22 2 Printing 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Printing Evaluation Criteria 1 lt Common Criteria gt Paper that conforms to the evaluation criteria for printing paper refer to Paper section Cover page of bounded material will be excluded and if virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 2 Material that will interfere with the recycle for paper indicated in Table 1 Rank B C and D are not used When they must be used for the usage and purpose of the printed material it is necessary to note the part in which the material is used as well as method of discarding or recycling 3 Recycle compliancy is indicated on the printed material 4 At the each stage of work the printing the measures for the environmental consideration
249. mber of digital duplicators to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 89 7 3 Clocks 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Clocks Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill one of the criteria below 1 Move with solar battery or rechargeable battery secondary cell without using disposable batteries 2 In the case of using both of solar battery and disposable batteries the disposable batteries will last at least 5 years in usual use situation 3 In the case of using disposable batteries only the battery will last at least 5 years Factors for Consideration 1 The disposable battery number of use must be as less as possible 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Clocks under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote wall clocks uses in ordinary office and meeting room excluding large sized clocks uses in the hall etc 2 Usual use situation denotes the clocks are used putting on the opened wall and pillar in the room 3 Disposable battery s life of Evaluation Criteria 3 is to be measured in accordance with JIS B 7026 4 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded dur
250. ment and use in facilities 3 When considerable increase compared to the previous month is identified upon tallying the collected garbage the causes are to be identified and measures are to be proposed Landscape management Evaluation Criteria 1 Products that fulfill the evaluation criteria are to be used when products used for landscape management apply to specified items for procurement 2 A system is in place for comprehensive management of vermin and harmful insects and weeds capable of maintaining them at a low concentration through appropriate pruning and trimming that would result in improved ventilation and securing of adequate sunlight in addition to executing appropriate prevention and control methods 3 Efforts should be made to decrease the frequency and quantity of pesticides Only the appropriate pesticides that have been registered in accordance with pesticide control law should be used adequately and effectively by following the label instructions on method of use frequency quantity concentration etc and label warnings 241 Factors for Consideration 1 Consideration is made for use of irrigated rainwater 2 A system is in place for the reduction of environmental load from compost etc when disposing branches and leaves resulting from pruning and weeding 3 Compost created from leaves etc that resulted from landscape management soil improvement material is used for ferti
251. ment with sustainable goals with the exception of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others 4 Composite rating stands for the amount Y1 or Y2 listed in note 5 Index stands for amount per index item for x1 x2 x3 x4 as listed in note 5 Additional rating stands for amount per index item for x5 x6 as listed in note 5 Rating stands for the amount calculated in accordance with formulas for yl y2 y3 y4 y5 as listed in note 5 5 Composite rating rating index and additional rating are to be derived from the following Y1 yl y2ty3 y4 Y2 yl y2ty3 ty5 yl x1 10 60 lt x1 lt 100 y2 x2 x3 0 lt x2 x3 lt 40 y3 0 5 x x4 0 lt x4 lt 40 y4 x5 75 60 lt x5 lt 75 x5 lt 60x5 60 x5 gt 759x5 75 y5 0 5x6 20 0 lt x6 lt 10 gt x6 10 10 lt x6 lt 20 gt x6 20 20 lt x6 lt 3073 x6 30 x6 gt 30 gt x6 40 Y1 Y2 and yl y2 y3 y4 y5 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 stand for the following amount Y1 composite rating of non coated printing paper the sum of yl y2 y3 y4 with the amount below decimal point eliminated Y2 composite rating of coated printing paper the sum of yl y2 y3 y5 with the amount below decimal point eliminated yl calculated rating for recycled pulp content rounded to one decimal place y2 calculated rating for the content of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning rounded to one decima
252. mental impact upon disposal Note 1 Magnetic disc drive units that meet any of the following criteria will not be regarded as a magnetic disc drive unit under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section a Memory less than 1 gigabyte b Disc diameter less than 40 mm c Maximum data transfer speed exceeds 70 gigabytes second 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Table Calculation formula of standard energy consumption efficiency for Magnetic Disc Drive Units Category Calculation formula of standard energy consumption efficiency Type of magnetic disk unit Shape and performance of Revolution Magnetic disk unit Disk size exceeding 75 mm 1 disk E exp 2 98xIn N 30 8 Disk size exceeding 75 mm 4 disks or more Disk size exceeding 50 mm a unre but not over 75 mm 1 disk Over 5 000 T1 E exp 2 98xIn N 29 8 E exp 2 98xIn N 31 2 Disk size exceeding 75 mm Le E N E exp 2 11xIn N 23 5 rpm but less than 6 000 rpm ie me _ E exp 4 30xIn N 43 5 Disk size exceeding 50 mm 5 000 rpm or E exp 2 98xIn N 31 5 but not over 75 mm 2or3 less disks Over 5 000 fa E exp 2 98 In N 32 2
253. mobiles 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of moving transportation businesses that meet the criteria to the number of moving transportation businesses commissioned in the fiscal year 283 22 14 Meeting Operation 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Meeting Operation Evaluation Criteria Meet the applicable following criteria when executing the business including meeting operation by the consignment contract etc 1 If the documents are distributed to promote reduction of paper consumption though the printing of proper number of paper handouts and double sided copies for a meeting If the paper correspond to the designated procurement items must be used which fulfill those evaluation criteria 2 Meet the Evaluation Criteria of printing when printing such as poster leaflet and pamphlet Factors for Consideration 1 The rest of handouts and printed matter shall be recycled if unnecessary 2 If serving beverages those containers and packaging shall be returned and collected It is preferable to be served in the reusable containers and packaging as possible 3 In the case of transportation with a car use fuel efficient low pollution cars possibly to carry material machinery and participants with eco driving 4 Providing information about the approach to decrease of environmental load to the meeting participant such as the use of the public transportation facility and encouragement of Co
254. mselves by adding application softs Simplification of additional equipments and functions refers to the limiting of functions to conversations and mail whenever possible Evaluation Criteria 2 refers to environmentally conscious design indicated in each evaluation criteria of Table A system is in place for the collection and material recycling in Evaluation Criteria 3 denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a b and c a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the store or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products etc b In order to precipitate appropriate collection the product name and business name manufacturer brand name is permissible are marked on the main body of the products for easy acknowledgement at the time of disposal c Specific information for the collection of used products etc collection method collection location etc are available for the users on the package enclosed printed matter user s manual or the website A system for material recycling should fulfill the below requirements d and e d A system is in place to recycle metal and plastic etc as materials e The information for the mater
255. n B Electricity consumption per hour during normal use Wh After completing the A measurement create the first plate and print using the criteria designated in 1 Immediately follow by creating the second plate under the same conditions and print using the criteria designated in 1 Leave the machine inactive in that condition Measurement criteria for A and B a Number of copies per a plate 200 copies plate b Number of plates per hour 2 plates c Number of copies per hour 400 copies hour d Printing speed The default speed for start up set at the time of shipment e Test chart A4 area covered by image 4 7 f Standard printing paper Good quality paper at 64g m g Environmental criteria during measurement Temperature 21 3 degrees C 88 Humidity 65 10 Leave the machine inactive for at least 12 hours before measurement h For measurement while printer function is idle confirm the auto shut off mode or the switch to low power mode during the inactivity period i The default transition time to low power mode and auto shut off mode should be set at 5 minutes This does not apply to machines whose settings cannot be changed after shipment j For measurement while printer function is in operation the auto shut off mode cannot be operated Confirm the switch to low power mode during the inactivity period 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of digital duplicators meeting the criteria to the total nu
256. n 80 of that of the tap without the aerator cap b The discharge shall not be less than 5 liters min at a water supply pressure of 0 1 MPa with a fully opened lever Factors for Consideration 1 Replacement water saving pieces should be easily replaceable with regular pieces 2 The user should feel little difference after the water saving equipments are installed 3 The type to be installed on faucets should be adaptable to a variety of faucets Note Water saving top refers to pieces produced to be placed on stopcock for water saving purposes Water supply device supplemented with a water saving piece will yield much less water when compared to a device with regular piece when the handle is opened to the sane angle Fixed type tops are included Water saving top in Evaluation Criteria in this section is the type to be used for single stopcock with an internal diameter of 13mm It should enable water savings through a simple replacement by changing the shape of the stabilizing nut of the valve packing into a special shape etc Measuring method for the discharge rate of water saving top is according to measuring method of flow volume based on JIS B 2061 Faucets ball taps and flush valves Water saving equipments that comply with The water tap equipped with a water saving top designated in JIS B 2061 meets the Evaluation Criteria lt Individual Criteria gt 1 Flow control valve refers to a adjustment valve that maintains
257. n efficiency for burner component shall not fall below the criteria listed in Table 1 for each category 2 Energy consumption efficiency for the grill component shall not exceed the standard energy consumption efficiency calculated by using the formula listed in Table 2 for each category 3 Energy consumption efficiency for the oven component shall not exceed the standard of energy consumption efficiency calculated by using the formula listed in Table 3 for each category Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note Items that meet any of the criteria below will not be considered as Gas cooking appliances under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section 1 Items that were designed for commercial use 2 Items that use gas excluding city gas categorized under group 13A and liquefied petroleum gas as its fuel source 3 Gas grills 4 Gas cooking tables 5 Gas rice cookers 6 Portable cooking stoves Recycled plastic denotes
258. n for long term use and conservation of resources It should be designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment and reuse based on the evaluation criteria of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources 3 In the designing and manufacturing the product reduction of the amount of the filled refrigerant the further prevention of leakage and the ease of recovery of refrigerant are considered Moreover the informations above are disclosed 4 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 5 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into consideration ease of recycling and reduced environmental 109 impact upon disposal 6 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Items that meet any of the criteria below will not be considered as Air conditioners under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section a Cooling capacity exceeds 28kW for multi type air conditioner cooling capacity exceeds 50 4kW b Wind type or Wall type and only for cooling c Uses water cooled engine d Does not use compressed motor e Uses energy other than electricity as a source of heat f The maintenance of machinery function or hygienic regulation of food g Primary function of the structure is to convey cooled outdoor air indoors h Target
259. n passenger occupied cars 5 Information regarding the above criteria the actual state of use and numbers showing the effect for criteria 1 and whether or not the measures are put in place for criteria 2 4 are publicized on websites and environmental reports etc so that they may be easily confirmed or is judged objectively by a third party Factors for Consideration 1 Adequate and effective application for the efficient use of energy and measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in passenger transportation is arranged with consideration for Evaluation Criteria for Passenger Transportation Companies in Relation to the Efficient use of Energy in Passenger Transportation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure and Transport Notification No 6 March 31 2006 and Guidelines for Passenger Transportation Companies in Relation to the measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in Passenger Transportation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure and Transport Notification No 3 January 17 2014 based on the Regulation for the Efficient Use of Energy Act No 49 in 1979 2 Incorporation of fuel efficient low pollution cars are promoted At the same time passenger transportation using fuel efficient low pollution cars is being conducted as much as possible 3 Devices to promote eco drive is in place as much as poss
260. nal capacity available in the Imaging Equipment for storing data Applies to all volumes of internal memory and should be scaled accordingly for RAM This adder does not apply to hard disk or flash memory 0 5 GB Scanner N A N A Applies to MFDs and Copiers only Includes Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp CCFL or a technology other than CCFL such as Light Emitting Diode LED Halogen Hot Cathode Fluorescent Tube HCFT Xenon or Tubular Fluorescent TL technologies Applied only once regardless of the lamp size or the number of lamps bulbs 0 5 40 employed Power Supply N A N A and external power technologies with nameplate output p watts Applies to both internal supplies of Mailing Machines and Standard Format products using Inkjet and Impact marking ower POUT greater than 10 0 02 x POUT 10 0 Touch Panel Display N A N A Applies to both monochrome and c olor touch panel displays 0 2 Internal Disk Drives N A N A Includes any product including drives high capacity storage hard disk and solid state drives Does not cover interfaces to external 0 15 Note Among adder type the number of allowances claimed for interface functional adders including any fax capability is 2 or less and the number of allowances of any non interface functional adders is unlimited Tab
261. nce with JIS C 8105 5 2011 The Illuminator 5th Method of Measuring Light Distribution Illuminated signage using LED as the light source in this section refers to panels and signs whose letters etc are illuminated by an internal LED light The light source including heat radiation must be protected Rated lifespan of Illuminated signage using LED as the light source in this section refers to the amount of time it takes for the initial luminous flux to decrease by 50 130 14 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 15 Each procurement organization must make compare and examine to select the one that safety and quality control will be performed enough 16 In order to achieve an adequate management of chemical substances each procurement organization will manage and preserve content information of specified chemical substances that had been confirmed upon acquisition of the product Table 1 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency of Fluorescent Lighting Equipment Category Standard energy Intended Lamp shape Lamp size consumption use efficiency Straight tube Using fluorescent lamp of 86 or above in 100 8 type or twin
262. nd make an effort to decrease energy use rate in said facilities 9 Request to those who are undertaking by contract part of the transportation and delivery to undertake as much as possible measures constructive towards the reduction of environmental load 10 Being conducted by car fills the emission standard as much as possible when driving in the measures region of the Law concerning Special Measures for Total Emission Reduction of Nitrogen Oxides and Small Particles from automobiles in specified areas June 3 1992 No 70 Note 1 Transportation and delivery under consideration includes domestic letter correspondences home delivery service small postal packages general documents etc as well as mail service a b Cc Letter correspondences refer to documents that are meant to express the intentions of the sender or to notify factual information to a specified recipient Home delivery service refers to delivery service that uses one or more of the following special cargo transportation undertaken by general automotive cargo transportation business or a corresponding cargo transportation and train cargo transportation domestic sea transportation automotive cargo transportation and air cargo transportation Each cargo is to be 30 kg or less Mail service refers to a transportation service that receives from the sender relatively light packages of books magazine product catalogs etc and completes t
263. ndard of gas emission of portable generators with gasoline engine Category of engine Gas emission standard g kWh displacement HC NOx CO 66cc or less 50 610 Over 66cc and 100cc or less 40 189 Over 100cc and 225cc or less 16 1 Over 225cc 12 1 Note The measuring method of gas emission is according to JIS B 8008 4 G2 mode Table2 The standard of gas emission of portable generators with diesel engine Gas emission standard g kWh NMHC NOx CO PM dae 8 0 4 Note The measuring method of gas emission is according to JIS B 8008 4 D2 mode 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of products meeting the criteria to the total number of products to be purchased in the fiscal year The total for blankets work gloves tents tarps and disposable batteries will include specified items for procurement used for normal business operations as outlined in this Basic Policy 190 21 Public Works Projects 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Public works Evaluation Criteria disposal Contract with the participants vendors and contractors building the public work should require the use of materials construction equipment processes and targets listed in Table 1 that reduce the environmental impact of the public works project Factors for Consideration Packaging is to be as simple as possible and take into account
264. ndatory denotes that it is required for a copier to have duplex mode function or can be supplemented with duplex mode function The same definition applies for Table 5 3 and Table 5 5 below Low power mode This is the low power consumption state that the copier automatically enters after a specified period of inactivity Same applies for Tables 5 2 to 5 6 below Off mode This is the feature that the copier automatically turns off completely after a specified period of inactivity Same applies for Tables 5 2 5 5 and 5 6 below Measuring method for energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International Energy Star Program Operating Specification conducted January 1 2006 Appendix Table 2 Same applies for Tables 5 2 to 5 6 below If power consumption meets off mode standards at all times during low power mode an off mode is not necessary Same applies for Tables 5 2 5 5 and 5 6 below Table 5 2 Standards for energy consumption at low power mode etc in large format copiers etc with consideration for reuse Copy speed in Low power Time to Recovery time Off Time to copies per mode watts switch to from low power mode switch to minute CPM low power mode watts off mode mode 0 lt CPM lt 40 N A N A N A lt 10W lt 30 min lt 3 85 x CPM lt 30 sec lt lt lt lt 40 lt CPM 5W lt 15 min E E E 20W lt 90 min Table 5 3 Standards for energy con
265. ndering index Ra of downlights and celling luminaries is 70 or more 3 LED module rated lifespan is 40 000 hours or longer 4 Contents of specified chemical substances does not exceed standard content ratio Content ratio information of applicable chemical material is easily available on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The function with high effect of energy conservation such as the initial illuminance correction control passive sensor control and the brightness sensor control should be appended 2 The item should be designed so that it can be easily dismantled 128 and its materials separated to facilitate recycling 3 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible is used as coating 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Illuminated signage using LED as the light source Evaluation Criteria 1 Rated lifespan is 30 000 hours or longer 2 Contents of specified chemical substances does not exceed standard content ratio Content ratio information of applicable chemical material is easily available on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The item should be designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate recycling 2 Organic solvent or pai
266. ndfill disposal 5 Chemical safety of toner is confirmed 6 Photosensitive component does not include as prescribed component cadmium lead mercury selenium or their compounds 7 When the paper used meets the criteria for specified procurement product must be capable of using the specified procurement material Factors for Consideration 1 A system is put in place for using plastics from collected toner cartridges as a material or parts of the new ones 2 Providing with certificate etc that show the evaluation criteria is filled about construction of various systems and recycling rate etc 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Ink cartridges Evaluation Criteria 1 A system is put in place for the recovery of the used ink cartridges 2 Parts of used and recovered ink cartridges that are reused or have undergone material recycling comprises 25 or more by total weight of the collected used item excluding ink 3 Parts of used and recovered ink cartridges whose resources are recycled comprises 95 or more by total weight of the collected used item excluding ink 4 Parts of used toner cartridges that have been collected cannot be reused or recycled must do reduction of volume etc and prevention of direct landfill disposal Parts of used toner cartridges that have been collected cannot be reused
267. nditioner etc Conditions and factors for the inability to obtain an effect rate of 40 Influence of shadows sunlight conditions note specifically the correspondence between the amount of shadow on the module or sunlight conditions and the decrease in generated energy Influence of temperature note specifically the correspondence between module temperature and the decrease in generated energy Climatic conditions geographic conditions note specifically the 177 correspondence between climatic and geographic conditions and amount of generated energy Others note specifically losses due to wiring and stains on the reception surface Energy collector and peripheries Disposal Method of disposal points to consider when disposing etc Maintenance and testing Conditions for maintenance and testing frequency of testing etc Warranty condition Conditions for warranty scope and content of repair and exchange warranty period etc Fuel cells Evaluation Criteria System generates electric or heat energy by chemical reaction between hydrogen in the fuel and oxygen in the air as an alternative to commercial power Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that any consumable parts can be replaced and after the item s useful life it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling
268. ng 1kWh heating electricity consumption unit kW with 9 760kJ 3 Standard cooling capacity cooling gas consumption cooling electricity consumption standard heating capacity heating gas consumption and heating electricity consumption are evaluated in accordance with methods designated by JIS B 8627 2 2000 or B 8627 3 2000 4 Effective electricity consumption of the outdoor unit will be used for cooling electricity consumption and heating electricity consumption 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of gas heat pump air conditioners meeting the criteria to the total number of gas heat pump air conditioners to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 114 10 3 Space Heaters 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Space heaters Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill at least one of below 1 Energy consumption efficiency in gas space heaters shall not fall below the standard energy consumption efficiency of applicable category in Table 1 2 Energy consumption efficiency in oil space heaters shall not fall below the standard energy consumption efficiency or its calculation formula of applicable category in Table 2 Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic compone
269. ng section b Acknowledge thoroughly the labeling based on JIS L 0217 Labeling symbols and instructions for handling of fiber products 2 Target Setting Guideline 1 Uniforms and work clothes ratio of the number of uniforms and work clothes that meets the criteria to the total number of those containing polyester fiber or vegetable based synthetic fiber to be purchased in the fiscal year 2 Caps ratio of the number of caps that meets the criteria to the total number of those containing polyester fiber to be purchased in the fiscal year 154 16 Interior Fixtures and Bedding 16 1 Curtains etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Curtains Cloth blinds Evaluation Criteria Products whose fiber content natural and chemical includes polyester fiber or synthetic fiber made from vegetable must fulfill one of the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 3 Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental lo
270. ng the Rational Use of Energy 3 Energy consumption efficiency for Electric Freezers is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Types 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 35 March 1 2013 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of refrigerators etc refrigerators freezers and refrigerator freezers meeting the criteria to the total number of refrigerators etc to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 100 9 2 Television Receivers 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Television Receivers Evaluation Criteria 1 For television receivers that employ liquid crystal panel referred to as liquid crystal television hereinafter and that employ plasma display panel referred to as plasma television hereinafter energy consumption rate does not exceed the result rounded down to eliminate decimals of the standard energy consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 198 2 The power consumption in the remote control standby mode is 0 5W or less 3 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 Design consideration takes into account product life efficient use of material reuse of parts
271. ng the product Table 1 Standards for default time to sleep energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode and energy consumption at standby for scanners Ee conse A Energy consumption at Default time to sleep base marking engine at 8y P standby sleep mode lt 15 minutes lt 2 5W lt 0 5W Note Sleep denotes the energy saving mode into which the machine will switch after a set time of inactivity without turning off the power 55 2 The standard of the power consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode is calculated adding the sleep mode power allowances for functional adders listed in Table 2 to the energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode in this table to judge to meet the standard 3 Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International ENERGY STAR Program Requirements Product Specification for Imaging Equipment Eligibility Criteria Version 2 0 Table 2 Sleep mode power allowances for functional adders Max Data Functional Adder Adder Connection Rate r 7 Details Allowance Type Type Mbit watts second Interface Wired Includes USB 1 x IEEE 488 r lt 20 IEEE 1284 Parallel 0 2 Centronics RS232 20 lt r lt 500 Includes USB 2 x IEEE 1394 Fire Wire i LINK 100Mb 0 4 Ethernet r gt 500 Includes USB 3 x 1G Ethernet 0 5 Includes Flash Any memory card smartcard 0 2 readers camer
272. ng these substances are collected reused or recycled without failure and or properly processed 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment and reuse 3 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note F Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants di
273. ns E 2 0xS 94 With no added functions E 6 6xS 126 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 6 6xS 114 normal With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 102 With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 90 With no added functions E 6 6xS 111 32V size Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 6 6xS 99 or larger double speed With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 87 With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 75 Liquid crystal With no added functions E 6 6xS 89 quadruple With 1 added function E 6 6xS 77 speed or With 2 added functions E 6 6xS 65 plasma With 3 added functions E 6 6xS 53 With no added functions E 44 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 56 normal With 2 added functions E 68 Less than With 3 added functions E 80 19V type With no added functions E 59 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 71 double speed With 2 added functions E 83 With 3 added functions E 95 With no added functions E 2 0xS 6 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 2 0xS 18 normal With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 30 With 3 added functions E 2 0xS 42 19V type With no added functions E 2 0xS 21 or more Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 2 0xS 33 Less than double speed With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 45 32V type With 3 added functions E 2 0xS 57 Liquid crystal With no added functions E 2 0xS 43 quadruple With 1 added function E 2 0 S 55 speed or With 2 added functions E 2 0xS 67 plasma With 3 added functions E 2 0xS 79 With no added functions E 6 6xS 141 Liquid crystal With 1 added function E 6 6x
274. nsulation oil as the insulating material 2 Molded transformers refers to item that uses resin insulation material 3 EandS stand for the following E Standard energy consumption efficiency unit W S Rated capacity unit kVA 4 The table designation will be applied correspondingly to those items not used in the 209 standard specification conditions designated in JIS C 4304 and C 4306 and Japan Electrical Industry Standards 1500 and 1501 In such cases the formula for calculating standard energy consumption efficiency listed in the right column of the chart will be modified by multiplying the right side of the formula by 1 10 for mold transformers multiply by 1 05 5 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 71 March 30 2012 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Air Cold and hot Evaluation Criteria conditioning water Performance factor for cooling is no less than what is units absorption designated in Table air conditioning unit Note 1 Evaluation criteria for Cold and hot water absorption air conditioning unit under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section only applies to units whose cooling capacity is no less than 25kW 2 Performance factor for cold and hot water absorption air conditioning unit shall be calculated in accor
275. nsumption on each operational mode shall be measured in accordance with International Energy Star Program Operating Specification conducted in July 2014 Appendix Table 2 1 6 As for Off Mode energy consumption of Evaluation Criteria 1 b 0 4W adder allowance will be applied when function to return computer from Sleep Mode or Off 68 Mode according to demand from network via Ethernet hereinafter Wake on LAN WOL enabled by default upon shipment 1 4W is the standard for agreement judgement Measuring method of maximum power consumption on idle mode is as follows Maximum power consumption on idle mode W 24 0 N 1 8 0 PeErE N HDD Hard disk drive or number of mounted SSD solid state drive Pere EEE allowance of 0 2W per IEEE 802 3az compliant Energy Efficient Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet port 7 Measuring method of Typical Energy Consumption for Desktop computer Integrated desktop computer Notebook computer and Thin client and measuring method of Maximum Typical Energy Consumption for Desktop computer Integrated desktop computer and Notebook computer are as follows a Typical Energy Consumption E 8 760 1 000 Porr Torrt Ps_XTsit PuXxTiit Ps Tsp E Typical Energy Consumption unit kWh year Porr Measured power consumption in Off Mode unit W Pst Measured power consumption in Sleep Mode unit W Py Measured power consumption in Long Idle Mode unit W Ps Measured power consumption in Short Idle Mode uni
276. nt with as low odor as possible is used as coating 3 Plastic parts when used must be comprised as much as possible of recycled plastic 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Equipments that meet any of the following criteria will not be considered as fluorescent lighting equipment under consideration in the evaluation criteria a Ones of explosion proof type b Ones of heat resistant type c Ones of dust proof type d Ones of anticorrosion type e Ones designed for vehicles and other means of transport f Ones of wall hung type pendant type for service facilities or built in type using fluorescent lamps of less than 40 watts g Ones designed for use in or on mining or manufacturing machinery h Ones designed for use in or on furniture i Ones whose bayonet base and fluorescent lamp stabilizer are structurally integrated ones using a compact fluorescent lamp or lamps with built in stabilizer j Ones whose globe for fluorescent lamp protection is transparent 2 Desk lamp using compact fluorescent lamp equipped with internal stabilize that corresponds to G23 socket can be considered as specified procurement goods which meet Evaluation Criteria 2 of Fluorescent lighting equipment 3 Specified chemical substances d
277. ntal load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used b Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber or plastic made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers used c Products whose fiber content includes non biodegradable synthetic fiber or plastic made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers used and also a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Weight of entire product denotes that weight of all fibers added resins and inorganic 158 fraction etc 2 Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter 3 Recycled fiber is created from part or all of material discarded from the production of recycled fiber from remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or from the reuse of defective articles 4 Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing
278. ntent of toxic material such as heavy metals etc in the one that the product or the burned product of the reworked material used was crushed to 2 mm or less Table Category of recycled Preprocessing method material to be used as raw material Quarry or kiln waste No preprocessing Inorganic silica sand required Steel slag Non ferrous slag Foundry sand Pottery shards Coal ash Building material waste Waste glass does not include colorless and brown glass bottles Paper sludge Aluminum sludge Polishing sand sludge Stone chips Municipal waste ashes Convert to molten slag Sewage sludge Convert to ashes or molten slag Waterworks sludge No preprocessing Sludge from lakes etc required 200 Pavement Evaluation Criteria block 1 Uses recycled material material such as those products included in the left column of Table below and using preprocessed where indicated in the right column as recycled its raw material material 2 Raw material contains 20 or more recycled material precast by weight total weight when using multiple unreinforced materials In cases where it is necessary to increase concrete the ratio of aggregates in order to maintain water products permeability raw material must contain 15 or more recycled material by weight However when counting the weight of recycled material it may not include scraps from the same factory
279. nts are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Space heaters under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section must use gas or oil and should not meet any of the criteria below a The item employs non vented types b The item uses gas excluding city gas categorized under group 13A Group specified in Article 25 Section 3 of Gas Industry Law Enforcement Regulation Ministry of International Trade and Industry Ordinance 97 1970 and liquefied petroleum gas as its energy source o Vented gas space heaters d Vented oil space heaters with maximum fuel consumption rate greater than 4 0L h e Direct vent type oil space heaters with maximum fuel consumption rate greater than 2 75L h 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Table 1 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Gas Space Heaters Category Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency Direct vent type 82 0 Note Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according t
280. o 13 1 Automobiles in this Basic Policy Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in moving transportation noted in Factors for Consideration 3 c requires the fulfillment of the following a An energy efficient delivery route is selected beforehand and the driver is notified thereof b A system for an appropriate delivery route taking into account traffic information is put in place c An adequate automobile type taking into account amount of delivery items and regional characteristics is selected Each procurement organization must note the following enough a It is necessary to consign the following respectively when collection transport or disposal of the waste generated along with the moving is requested from the third party The municipal waste to the municipality or the municipal waste disposal business person The one that corresponds to Article 2 paragraph 1 and Article 2 3 paragraph 1 in the Waste Management and Public Cleaning Law Ordinance for Enforcement is included Industrial waste to the industrial waste disposal trader The one that corresponds to Article 9 paragraph 1 and Article 10 3 paragraph 1 in the Waste Management and Public Cleaning Law Ordinance for Enforcement is included It is possible to request the collection or the transportation of the municipal waste from the moving business after the letter of attorney is delivered b It is necessary to follow the consignment standard when
281. o 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry 115 notification No 55 March 29 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Same applies for Table 2 Table 2 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency or Its Calculation Formula for Oil Space Heaters Category Standard Energy Air supply and Heat transfer type Consumption Efficiency or exhaust type Its Calculation Formula Direct Vent Type Natural convection type 83 5 Forced convection type 86 0 Vented type Radiation type 69 0 Radiating type with maximum fuel consumption amount of 1 5L h or less on Radiating type with maximum fuel i 3 71 consumption amount of over 1 5L h E 3 0xL 71 5 Note E and L stand for the following E Standard energy consumption efficiency unit L Maximum fuel consumption amount unit L h 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of space heaters meeting the criteria to the total number of space heaters to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 116 11 Water Heaters etc 11 1 Electric Hot Water Supply System 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Heat pump style electric hot water supply system Evaluation Criteria 1 For residential use heat pump style electric hot water supply system energy consumption efficiency must not fall below the standard energy consumption eff
282. o account that minimizing the costs of public works projects is severely required from the point of the appropriate use of the institution s budget More appropriate procurement targets will be considered respecting the difference between types of usage of materials due to the objective of each project the purpose of each structure the difficulty of construction etc and the limitation of the areas and or quantities of materials available for public works There are many possible ways to reduce the environmental impact of public works in addition to material utilization such as the construction methods with low environmental impact The issue shall be considered from a holistic viewpoint spanning the entire lifecycle of the public works project 2 2 Designated Procurement Items and Evaluation Criteria See Appendix 2 3 Eco friendly Goods Other than Designated Procurement Goods The purchase of eco friendly goods other than the designated procurement items shall also be promoted by specifying the matters about the wide range of those goods and setting concrete procurement targets as far as possible in the procurement policy considering the status of the administrative task or project In particular as to services category each institution shall strive to take up services in which some of designated procurement goods are used in their own procurement policy even if the services are not listed in this basic policy as designated procurement item
283. o avoid the heat crack etc of the glass b Consider the influence by the electric wave cover when attaching the one to have the electric wave cover performance c Confirm the influence on a peripheral building etc when attaching it in the situation of remarkable sunlight reflection is concerned d In case requiring illumination efficiency and passage of daylight consider to attaching the film with high transmission rate for visible ray 180 2 Target Setting Guideline A For solar power generation systems target is determined by the total capacity of power generation by the facility that meets the criteria to be purchased in the fiscal year kW For solar heating systems target is determined by the total are of solar collection equipment that meets the criteria to purchase in the fiscal year m2 For systems combining solar power generation and solar heating target is determined by both the total capacity of power generation kW and the total area of solar collection equipment m2 of the facility that meets the criteria to be purchased in the fiscal year For fuel cells target is determined by the total capacity of power generation kW in the fiscal year For garbage disposals target is determined by the number of equipments to be purchased including lease rental agreements and acquisition by companies commissioned to operate cafeterias in the fiscal year For water saving equipments target is determin
284. o drive has been assigned manual has been created including the use of an existing manual and a system for promoting eco drive has been put in place 271 c Energy use is being maintained under the categories of driver and car type It is desirable to use the operation records of automobile 5 A system for collection and reuse or recycling of used hangers is established denotes fulfillment of the below requirements a Specific information for the collection of used hanger collection method collection location etc is available for the users to collect appropriately b A system is in place to wash and reuse used hangers c If collected plastic hangers are enable to reuse it must be material recycled as much as possible 6 Fuel efficient low pollution cars refer to 13 1 Vehicles section 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of laundry and dry cleaning businesses that meet the criteria to the number of laundry and dry cleaning businesses commissioned in the fiscal year 272 22 12 Installation of Vending Machines 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Installation Evaluation Criteria of vending 1 Energy consumption efficiency don t exceed the amount of energy machines for beverages consumption efficiency calculated by using the formula listed in Table 1 for each category 2 Fluorocarbons are not used as refrigerant or expanding agent for insulation 3 The implementations of environmentally c
285. o of spoilage etc waste papermaking sheet and remain sheet generated from stock printing process to papermaking stock shall be 80 or more Surface VOC emission Alcohols are used at the concentration less treatment than 30 Recycling for The recycle ratio of spoilage etc waste papermaking stock sheet remain sheet and remain film generated from gloss coating process to papermaking stock shall be 80 or more Binding Suppress noise and Approaches are made to suppress noise and treatment vibrations vibrations such as prohibiting windows and doors from being kept open etc Recycling for The recycle ratio of spoilage etc waste papermaking stock sheet generated from binding treatment process to papermaking stock shall be 70 or more Note 1 This criteria is assumed the one applied to the other party does the main process of the print service regardless of the main contractor or the subcontract of the print service and not applied to the other party who does a part of process of the print service that 230 relates to the offset printing or digital printing In proofing process it only has to fill either of Digitalization or Silver recovery from the waste liquid and the make up film Silver recovery in proofing process indicates having a silver collection system or hand it over to the recycling trader and the waste collection trader who has adopted the silver collection system It is necessary to execute the s
286. obtained from thinning and others Composite rating stands for the amount Y listed in note 5 Index stands for amount per index item for x1 x2 x3 x4 as listed in note 5 Additional rating stands for amount per index item for x5 x6 as listed in note 5 Rating stands for the amount calculated in accordance with formulas for yl y2 y3 y4 y5 as listed in note 5 Composite rating rating index and additional rating are to be derived from the following Y ylt y2 y3 y4t y5 yl x1 20 70Sx1 lt 100 y2 x2 x3 0 lt x2 x3 lt 30 y3 0 5 x x4 0 lt x4 lt 30 y4 x5 75 60 lt x5 lt 75 x5 lt 60 gt x5 60 x5 gt 75 gt x5 75 y5 2 5x6 170 62 lt x6 lt 68 x6 lt 62 gt x6 62 x6 gt 68 gt x6 68 Y and yl y2 y3 y4 y5 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 stand for the following amount Y composite rating the sum of yl y2 y3 y4 y5 with the amount below decimal point eliminated yl calculated rating for recycled pulp content rounded to one decimal place y2 calculated rating for the content of pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning and others rounded to one decimal place y3 calculated rating for proportion of pulp content that is used in accordance with method of material procurement with sustainable goals rounded to one decimal place y4 calculated sum of degree of bleaching rounded to one decimal place y5 calculated sum of weight per unit rounded to one dec
287. ocess of manufacturing the product 6 In order to manage chemical substances adequately each procurement organization is to manage and maintain content information of specific chemical substances until the machine is discarded 7 Evaluation Criteria 1 will be assumed as follows a As for Refrigerators with a rated internal volume is up to 250 liters until the market obtains adequate supply of products that fulfill the criteria the product may be considered as specified procurement goods when energy consumption does not exceed the result of the standard energy consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table The period of time for which the exception is applicable will be determined in consideration with market trend b As for Refrigerators with a rated internal volume is over 250 liters up to 400liters one year transition period will be applied in the fiscal year 2015 the products may be considered as specified procurement goods when energy consumption rate shall not exceed the result rounded down to eliminate decimals of the standard energy consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 133 Table Formula for Calculating Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency Rate for Electric Refrigerators etc Category Calculation Product type Cooling type Rated Number of formula of internal doors for the standard energy volume
288. ocessed 2 Design takes into consideration the reuse of components 35 based on the evaluation criteria of the Law to Promote Effective Use of Resources Especially if the components include rare metals reusing them should be taken into consideration when designing the products 3 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment and reuse 4 The item uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 5 Paper saver features are equipped 6 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 7 A system for collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note l 2 Multifunction Devices denote products that have one or more function of print scan or fax in addition to copier function Copiers etc with consideration for reuse denotes those machines created through a system for which reuse is accounted for during manufacture and refers to recycle type machine and partial reuse type machine 1 Recycle type machine denotes products that are produced by disassembling cleaning and repairing used products replacing those parts that are not of the same quality as a new one or do not meet a set criteria and assembling them on an exclusive line 2 Partial reuse type machine denotes products tha
289. of the product throughout its lifecycle 5 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of 170 the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of flags advertisement flags and banners etc that use polyester fiber or synthetic fiber which is made from vegetable based plastics meeting the criteria to the total number of flags advertisement flags banners etc to be purchased in the fiscal year 171 18 4 Mops 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Evaluation criteria
290. ol Biz and Warm Biz 5 Materials for the packing used to transport of the material and machinery it is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Notes 1 Fuel efficient low pollution cars in Factors for Consideration should be referred to 13 1 Vehicles in this Basic Policy 2 Eco drive refers to Recommendation for Eco drive 10 published by Eco drive Popularization Network October 2012 Note 1 Soft accelerator e start 2 Keep a distance between cars and driving with little acceleration and deceleration 3 Early stopping of acceleration when deceleration 4 Appropriate use of air conditioner 5 Stop a useless idling 6 Avoid getting congested have time and leave 7 Inspection and maintenance of cars start from air pressure in the tires 8 Removal of unnecessary load from car 9 Stop parking that disturbs running and 10 Understand own fuel cost 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of commissioned businesses including the meeting operation that meet the criteria to the total number of commissioned businesses including the meeting operation contracted in the fiscal year 284
291. ollows However it does not apply to the printed matter not to assume to recycle for instance in the case of preserves or keeps it for a long term Recycle Compliancy Ranking Test for used paper and method of display should take into account the investigation results of Guidelines for Producing Recycle Compliant Printed Matter and make alterations as needed 1 When only material from rank A is used May be recycled into printing paper must be indicated 2 When only material from rank A or B is used with the exception of 1 May be recycled into cardboard must be indicated 3 When material from ranks C or D is used Unsuitable materials to recycling are used Each procurement organization must confirm material used with the Material Confirmation Sheet shown in Table 3 It is considered that it might be preferable to do the luster lamination etc for long term use and the strength reinforcement etc of printed matter Select materials suitable for use appropriately Inks contain vegetable based oil indicates that meet the ratio of contents of vegetable based oil fulfill the requirement of each ink type provided as shown in the following table 225 Ink types Ratio of vegetable based oil content Journal rotary offset printing ink 30 or more Non heat set printing ink for rotary press 30 or more Sheet fed printing ink 20 or more gold silver pearl and white ink 10 or more Business form ink 20 or more Heat
292. om thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 7 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note l Printing under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section denotes the printing service for production of report documents posters flyers and pamphlets it doesn t apply when purchasing it as other category items such as stationary However if it is purchased as other category items effort must be made to purchase which meet the evaluation criteria of printing section Offset printing is the printing method of shifting the printing inks to printing plate and re shifting the inks to papers etc Digital printing is the printing method of without printing plate by electrophotography method or inkjet method Recycle compliancy noted in Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt 2 and 3 should be listed in accordance with Guidelines for Producing Recycle Compliant Printed Matter created by Paper Recycling Promotion Center and operated by Japan Federation of Printing Industries However it does not apply if recycle compliancy ranking test for used paper is not provided in the material used Recycle compliancy in Evaluation Criteria lt Common Criteria gt 3 should be indicated as f
293. on Idle In operation Idle Printer interface built in type 35 5 28 22 20 With printer Printer interface interface B ae non built in Without type printer oo 24 oo 19 interface Note 1 Printer interface built in type denotes those printers equipped as a standard feature that cannot be removed as a product a function to work as an output printer for personal computers 2 Printer interface non built in type denotes those printers to which a function to work as an output printer for personal computers can be added and those printers that cannot function as an output printer for personal computers 3 A3 adaptable machines B4 adaptable machines and A4 adaptable machines follow the criteria below A3 adaptable machines maximum print out size is 287mm x 409 mm or larger B4 adaptable machines maximum print out size is 250 mm x 353 mm or larger A4 adaptable machines maximum print out size is 204 mm x 288 mm or larger 4 Energy efficiency should be calculated using the below formula E A 7xB 8 A Electricity consumption per hour at start up Wh Turn on the machine and set printing speed at default Create the first plate using the test chart and print using the criteria designated in 1 Immediately follow by creating the second plate under the same conditions and print using the criteria designated in 1 Leave the machine inactive in that condition The printing speed may not be changed after the machine is turned o
294. on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct maintenance accordingly For changing the deferential oil refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct change accordingly E refers to items that must be conducted for inspection and maintenance of automobiles refers to items for which execution is desirable for inspection and maintenance of automobiles 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of transportation and delivery businesses that meet the criteria to the number of transportation and delivery businesses commissioned in the fiscal year 264 22 8 Passenger Transportation Automobiles 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Passenger transportation Evaluation Criteria 1 The state of energy use as well as the effects of energy efficiency efforts are being reviewed periodically 2 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion 3 Inspection and maintenance of cars for environmental protection including reduction of environmental pollutant emission and maintenance of energy efficiency is being conducted 4 Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in passenger transportation or decrease in traveling distance of no
295. on shipment 10 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated 70 biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 11 Evaluation Criteria 3 is to be applied to personal computers The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 12 Notebook computers used for ordinary administrative tasks denotes battery driven client type computers that are primarily used for administrative tasks excluding cases where the computers are transported or used for tasks outside of ordinary administrative tasks 13 Simplification of Equipment and Function must fulfill the following It is desirable that the product is not equipped with interface devices such as infrared ray communication port serial port parallel port PC card S video terminal a Internal modem CD DVD BD etc are not included in the basic package but can be add
296. on type 6 6 Over 3 2 kW up to 4 0kW Dimension defined type 4 9 Free dimension type 6 0 Note 1 Dimension type of indoor units denotes indoor unit means that air conditioner models whose indoor unit has horizontal width of 800 mm or less and height of 295 mm or less shall be defined as a dimension defined type Air conditioners other than those of dimension defined type shall be free dimension type 2 Energy consumption is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 213 June 22 2009 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Same applies for Table 2 Table 2 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Domestic Air Conditioners Category Standard energy Unit type Cooling capacity ee Non ducted window wall installed Over 4 0 kW up to 5 0 kW 5 5 type Over 5 0 kW up to 6 3 kW 5 0 Over 6 3 kW up to 28 0 kW 4 5 Non ducted wall mounted type Up to 3 2 kW 5 2 except multi type operating indoor Over 3 2 kW up to 4 0 kW 4 8 units individually Over 4 0 kW up to 28 0kW 4 3 Multi type operating indoor units Up to 4 0 kW 5 4 individually Over 4 0 kW up to 7 1 kW 5 4 Over 7 1 kW up to 28 0 kW 5 4 Table 3 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Industrial Air Conditioners Category Standard energy Unit type and Indoor gokan capaci consumption efficiency
297. oncerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of air conditioners meeting the criteria to the total number of air conditioners to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 112 10 2 Gas Heat Pump Air Conditioners 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Gas heat pump Evaluation criteria air conditioners 1 Coefficient of performance exceeds the number listed in the applicable category in Table 2 Refrigerant does not include material capable of destroying the ozone layer Factors for consideration 1 The materials with a low global warming potential to the extent possible are used for the refrigerant 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled for recycling 3 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Gas heat pump air conditioner includes units whose rated cooling capacity is between 7 1 and 28kW under consideration in the evaluation of this section 2 Global warming potential in this section denotes the numerical value that showed degree to which is heat trapping gas brings global warming in ratio to which carbon dioxide brings global w
298. onoxide levels as determined by measuring instruments of respective material after performing the typical maintenance required for the prevention of environmental emission prevention exceed those listed category wise in Table b Effect of the evaluation criteria is assessed immediately after the engine is cleaned as well as at the designated twelve month inspection A system is set up so that a service that is free of charge is available when the cleaning process does not decrease aforementioned material by 20 or more when engine is cleaned on automobiles on which the necessary maintenance has been adequately performed Factors for Consideration 1 Measures are in place for the collection and compilation of information concerning the reduction of environmental load through engine cleaning Detailed information concerning effects on the reduction of environmental through engine cleaning and its cost are actively provided Relevant information must be open to public 2 Effort must be made for recycling of long life coolant 3 Concerning automobile maintenance efforts must be made for the adequate use of resources including energy and solvent consideration must be made for the reduction of environmental load 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 238 1 Evaluation criteria 1 in this section refers to proced
299. onscious design defined in evaluation criteria in Table 2 are made Moreover the states of implementations are published and can be easily confirmed on websites or public environmental reports 4 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rates are published and can be easily confirmed on websites etc 5 Systems for the collection and recycle of used vending machines and for the appropriate disposal of parts that cannot be recycled are in place Factors for Consideration 1 The information such as annual power consumption accomplishment rate of energy consumption efficiency standard and refrigerant kind global warming potential and enclosed capacity are displayed on the main body of vending machine so that it can be seen easily and it is also disclosed on websites 2 In the case of indoors set up the lighting should be turned off all the time except when there is no lighting in surroundings at nighttime and it interferes to the selection and the purchase of the commodity 3 In the case of outdoors set up the consideration should be taken so that direct sunshine should not strike into the main body of vending machines 4 For vending machines for beverage served in cups user s own cup should be available 5 The heat insulator with a low thermal conductivity such as the vacuum heat insulators should be used 6 A collection box for beverage containers is set up annex
300. or its function unit type y calculation formula Several Cassette Up to 3 6 kW E 6 0 combination or type for Over 3 6 kW up to 10 0 kW E 6 0 0 083 x A 3 6 111 other than the all sides Over 10 0 kW up to 20 0 kW E 6 0 0 12 x A 10 below Over 20 0 kW up to 28 0 kW E 5 1 0 060 x A 20 Other Up to 3 6 kW E 5 1 than Over 3 6 kW up to 10 0kW_ E 5 1 0 083 x A 3 6 cassette Over 10 0 kW up to 20 0kW_ E 5 1 0 10 x A 10 type for Over 20 0 kW up to 28 0kW_ E 4 3 0 050 x A 20 all sides Multi type Up to 10 0 kW E 5 7 operating Over 10 0 kW up to 20 0 kW E 5 7 0 11 x A 10 indoor units Over 20 0 kW up to 40 0 kW E 5 7 0 065 x A 20 individually Over 40 0 kW up to 50 4 kW E 4 8 0 040 x A 40 Floor type Non duc Up to 20 0 kW E 4 9 Indoor units ted type Over 20 0 kW up to 28 0 kW E 4 9 duct connected Ducted Up to 20 0 kW E 4 7 type or type Over 20 0 kW up to 28 0 kW E 4 7 anything like this Note 1 Ducted type air conditioners refer to systems connected to ducts at the outlet 2 E and A denotes the following E Standard Energy Consumption unit annual performance factor A Cooling capacity unit kW 3 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 3 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 213 June 22 2009 based on the Law C
301. or more but 8 4 km l limited to less than 1 516 kg gross 1 516 kg or more 7 3 km l vehicle Other than Less than 1 266 kg A 9 8 km l weight of manual B 8 8 km l 2 5tons or 1 266 kg or more 8 1 km l less 2 Target Setting Guideline Total number of vehicles to purchase including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year concerned However the target shall be set each common official vehicles and other than common official vehicles 146 13 2 ITS Adaptable Car Accessories 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria ETC adaptable car accessories Evaluation Criteria When installed in vehicles equipment may be used with non stop automated toll payment system ETC and receive information on traffic conditions and toll through radio via antennas installed in toll booths Car navigation systems Evaluation Criteria The system is equipped with a function that allows the following information to be communicated to the driver that is operating the vehicle either through a screen mounted on the vehicle or by voice 1 The current position and direction of the vehicle in operation 2 The current information regarding traffic condition of surrounding roads 2 Target Setting Guideline Number of equipment to be purchased in the fiscal year 147 13 3 Tires 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Tires for passenger cars Evaluation Criteria 1 Rolling resistance coefficient is 9 o
302. or recycling of raw material in compliance with evaluation criteria for Standards for the Promotion of Efficient Use of Material 2 The item uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Those products that satisfy one of the below criteria is not included in Television receivers under consideration 1 Television with Cathode ray Tube 2 Those manufactured for use by the industry 3 Cathode ray tube style that can respond to multi scanning whose horizontal frequency exceeds 33 8 kilo hertz 4 Those manufactured for use by tourists from abroad 5 Rear projection style products 6 The size of the receiver is 10V or less 7 Wireless products 8 Display for electronic calculators that are capable of receiving television 2 The consumed power in the remote control standby mode in Evaluation Criteria 2 denotes power consumption in the state to turn off power by remote control applies to the infrared remote control 3 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 101 The standard content
303. ount the following a In procuring PET bottled water take into consideration use of automatic vending machines equipped with the free vend function which is a disaster prevention measure that allows products inside the machine to be vended free of charge in case of distribution stockpile or an outbreak of disaster In procuring stockpiles for disaster design a system for storage and purchase of products based on their expiration date to enable adequate maintenance and regular renewal of storage and purchase quantities In order to lengthen the storage time of products consider a contract method that for example allows a set amount of time until delivery date so that the supplier may prepare products that are as new as possible In procuring PET bottled water for the disaster confirming enough beforehand such as quality and safety in the best before date of a product on account of savings and keeping over a long period of time In order to consider environmental issues reference will be made to Designated PET Bottle Voluntary Design Guideline created by PET Bottle Recycle Promotion Association when designing bottles labels label printing caps etc 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of PET bottled water meeting the criteria to the total number of PET bottled water purchased in the fiscal year 182 20 2 Stockpiles for Disaster Food 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Canned food Evaluation Criter
304. owed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS c The SDS Safety Data Sheet issued by printing ink manufacturers shall be submitted 12 Each procurement organization must try to estimate the necessary number or amount of printed matter properly so as not to become an excessive order 13 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April Ist 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1st 2006 226 Table 1 Recycle Compliancy Ranking Test for Used Paper Rank A Rank B Rank C Rank D Will not interfere Will interfere Will interfere Cannot be when recycling when recycling when recycling recycled into into paper or into paper but into paper or paper or cardboard will not interfere cardboard cardboard as when recycling even small into cardboard amounts cannot be removed 1 Paper Regular paper Construction paper coated paper
305. part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 125 Table1 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Burner Component of Gas Cooking Appliances Category Standard Energy Type of gas Installation type Number of burners Consumption cooking appliance Efficiency for Burner Component Gas burners Tabletop type 51 0 Built in type 48 5 Gas burners with Tabletop type 2 or less 56 3 grill 3 or more 52 4 Built in type 2 or less 53 0 3 or more 55 6 Cabinet or stationary 49 7 type Gas range 48 4 ote Gas range refers to a combination of oven and burner Tabletop type refers to an item that is to be placed on a table or a base for use Cabinet type refers to an item that is to be installed into its own cabinet Stationary type refers to an item that is to be installed on a base or a floor surface Energy consumption efficiency for burner component is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 1 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 56 March 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy N 1 2 3 Built in type refers to an item that is to be built into a wall or a base 4 5
306. pecified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Time for lamp replacement is 3 000 hours or more The noise is as low as possible A system for collection and reuse recycling of used products and a system for the proper disposal of components which cannot be reused or recycled is considered The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling The use of halogenenate noncombustibles on the casing is as minimized as possible If plastic components are used for either the body or the parts the item uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible Manuals or accessories provided with the product are eliminated as much as possible Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Projectors under consideration in this section refers to those having the computer input terminal and possible to project the images on such as computers and front projection whose effective flux is under 5 000 Im used in meeting rooms or class rooms including projectors capable to project on the screen with 60 inches 1 2 m x 58
307. per Post consumer recycled paper Used paper generated in shops offices or homes utilized as a raw material for papermaking by paper manufacturers Papers shipped as a product to marketing channel once and returned again are included Pre consumer recycled paper Paper generated from converting process after the papermaking process utilized as a raw material for papermaking by paper manufacturer However paper used by the paper manufacturers as paper material without being shipped as good prescribed hereinafter is excluded the one generated from such as a paper converting factory paper product factory printing factory and binding factory of paper manufacturer etc include those affiliates such as subsidiary companies and related companies and the one when converting at the mills or operational sites that uses paper as raw material and also those of generated from in case of converting by other business operators commissioned by paper manufacturers before shipping products If the ownership of the paper material has transferred to the third party from the proper paper manufacturers it will be treated as recycled paper except intentionally attempted to handle mill broke as recycled paper Mill broke The one that corresponds as follows ePaper generated during the paper making process and directly returned to the papermaking process to use as a papermaking material so called Flowing Mill Broke Wet broke and Dry
308. per shredder under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section a The output of shredding motor exceeds 500W b Shredding motor does not stop automatically when not in use 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 3 Stand by mode power consumption denotes electricity that is consumed during inactivity with the power turned on However it denotes power consumption in low power mode or off mode if the machines equipped with these mode 4 Low power mode This is the low power consumption state that the paper shredder automatically enters after a specified period of inactivity 5 Off mode This is the state after the power is shut off by the automatic shut off function that operates after a specified period of inactivity 6 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 85 The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 spec
309. plies below Table 2 Standard Fuel Efficiency in JC08 Mode for Gasoline Passenger Vehicles Standard fuel efficiency minimum and Diesel Passenger Vehicles Category Vehicle weight of less than 601kg Vehicle weight of 601 kg or more but less than 741kg Vehicle weight of 741 kg or more but less than 856kg Vehicle weight of 856kg or more but less than 971kg 139 22 5km L 24 8km L 21 8km L 24 0km L 21 0km L 23 1km L 20 8km L 22 9km L Vehicle weight of 971 kg or more but less 20 5km L 22 6km L than 1 081kg Vehicle weight of 1 081 kg or more but less than 1 196kg 18 7km L 20 6km L Vehicle weight of 1 871 kg or more but less than 1 991kg 10 2km L 11 2km L Vehicle weight of 1 991kg or more but less than 2 101kg 9 4km L 10 3km L Vehicle weight of 2 101 kg or more but less than 2 271kg 8 7km L 9 6km L Vehicle weight of 2 271kg or more 7 4km L 8 1km L Note Vehicle weight refers to the weight of a vehicle when empty as specified in Item 6 Article 1 of the safety standards for road trucking vehicles No 67 statute of the Transport Ministry enacted in 1951 The same applies below Table 3 Standard Fuel Efficiency in JC08 Mode for Small Buses with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or less Standard fuel efficiency Small buses fueled with gasoline buses fueled with Small buses fueled with gasoline 8 8 SKM L S Small buses fueled with diesel oil E Table 4 Standard Fuel Effici
310. ptable if the papers belong to the specified procurement items 4 Amounts of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate Factors for Consideration 1 Batteries do not include cadmium alloys lead alloys or mercury alloys This is not required however if batteries including these substances are collected reused or recycled without failure and or properly processed 2 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling 3 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 4 Has paper saver feature 5 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 6 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Multifunction Printers mean products that have one or more function of copier 45 scan or fax in addition to print function Large format devices include those designed for A2 size media and larger including those designed to accommodate continuous form media at a width of 406 millimeters mm or wider Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrom
311. put 8kW or more less than 560 kW Wheel loaders Diesel engine output 8kW or more less than 560 kW Bulldozers Diesel engine output 8kW or more less than 560 kW The Ratio of Secondary Standard Substance unit HC NOx CO PM Soot g kWh g kWh g kWh g kWh Output classification 8kW or more less than 19kW 1 5 9 5 0 8 40 19kW or more less than 37KW 1 5 8 5 0 8 40 37kW or more less than 75KW 1 3 7 5 0 4 40 75kW or more less than 130kW 1 6 5 0 3 40 130kW or more less than 560kW 1 6 3 5 0 2 40 217 1 The measuring method is according to Specified Procedure for Low emission Construction Machines October 8 1991 No 249 issued by The Ministry of Construction Construction and Economic Bureau Construction Equipment Division additionally provided The soot standard for tunnel construction machine is 1 5 or less of the above standard Low emission construction machines in attached Tables 3 and 4 emissions and soot from on board engines do not exceed the ratio of primary standard or less described below Attached Table 3 Construction Machines for Tunnel Machine Type Application Drill Jumbo Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 260 kW 40 8PS or more less than 353PS Concrete Diesel engine output 30kW or more less than 260 spraying kW 40 8PS or more less than 353PS machine Attached Table 4 Construction Machines for Gen
312. quirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered Unused fiber is created by reusing short fiber produced during spinning i e linter Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use The measuring method and calculating method for solar reflectance are according to JIS R 3106 L value of those are according to JIS Z 8781 4 When cleaning the products procurement organization should consider to choose the business who executes cleaning that fulfills the evaluation criteria of Laundry and dry cleaning refe
313. r polyethylene that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product Synthetic fiber whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of 168 the product throughout its lifecycle 5 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products
314. r compliant Dry Toner yx 3 Binding Binding Binding Processing Processing Processing Processing material Binding wire Binding thread Cross stapler etc fine EVA hot melt coating cloth retardant EVA cross paper hot meltv lt PUR cross hot meltxx water based glue Surface Surface processing processing Glossy coat Glossy varnished press laminating PP coating coating UV coating UV laminating foil coating Other Other Other processing processing processing Recycle complia Seals with the Three nt seals all exception of dimensional dissolve recycle complia printed material adhesive paper nt types lenticular lens Xx used 4 Others Foreign Foreign Foreign substance substance substance Adhesive tape Stone glass Fragrant recycle complia metal excluding accessories nt binding stapler deodorant metal etc perfume sand wood lipstick etc chips plastic cloth building 228 material gypsum board etc non woven cloth adhesive tape excluding recycle compian t types Note 1 Each organization must confirm publishing in data base of Producing Recycle Compliant Printed Matter operated by Japan Federation of Printing Industries to use materials marked yx Fine retardant EVA hot melt PUR hot melt Recycle ready UV ink Recycle compliant seals Recycle compliant Dry Toner 2 Each organization must confirm the recycling apti
315. r factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Book binding tapes Evaluation Criteria apply to the rolls only Bookstands Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item excluding replaceable parts Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer 21 material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Pen stands Clip cases Scissors Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Magnets ball Magnets bar Tape cutters Hole punchers manual Malt cases sponge case Paper turning cream Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only Pencil sharpeners manual Factors for Consideration The items are designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling or the appropriate disposal of its separated parts Office machine cleaner wet paper type Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Criteria apply to the container only If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by wei
316. r Consideration 2 should be referred to 13 1 Vehicles section in this Basic Policy 6 Environmental Report refers to the environmental report designated by Regulations for Promoting Businesses that Takes into Consideration Environment of Specified Businesses etc through Promotion of Environmental Information Provision 2004 Regulation 77 Article 2 Item 4 266 Table Inspection and Maintenance Items for Environmental Preservation Including Maintenance of Automobile Energy Efficiency etc Promotional structure for inspection and maintenance Inspection and maintenance is conducted in accordance with specified operation plan and the results are recorded A system is put in place to review the contents of inspection and maintenance based on the results of inspection and maintenance Adequate inspection and maintenance of automobiles H Inspection and maintenance is conducted immediately when the phenomenon with the environmental influence is found by daily understanding the state of the automobiles E For diesel fueled automobiles conduct inspection and maintenance when an increase in black smoke is confirmed by the eye E When the air conditioner gas is considered to have decreased based on the effectiveness of the car air conditioner conduct inspection and maintenance of the car air conditioner in order to prevent the discharge of chlorofluorocarbon into the atmosphere
317. r all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product and synthetic fiber or plastic made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed may be include the weight of all fibers and the weight of polyester from recycled PET resins or synthetic fiber made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed Biodegradable denotes the performance of no less than 60 according to biodegradability examination OECD 301C JIS K 6950 JIS K 6951 JIS K 6953 and JIS K 6955 etc The examination period depends for the period that each examination method provides Non biodegradable denotes the performance of no biodegradability Synthetic fiber whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below re
318. r bridging or network capabilities in Table 3 or power allowances in sleep mode for additional capabilities in Table 4 for the agreement judgment Off Mode is the power mode in which the product is connected to a power source and is not providing any on mode or sleep mode functions The product may only exit this mode by direct user actuation of a power switch or control It is not indispensable to have this function this standard is applied only to the machines having this function Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International Energy Star Program Operating Specification of Appendix Table 2 2 enforced in June 2013 Table 3 Power Allowances in Sleep Mode for Bridging or Network Capabilities Power Capability Included Types Allowance W USB1 x 0 1 Bridging USI ve USB3 x DisplayPort non video connection 0 7 Thunderbolt i Wi Fi 2 0 Network Fast Ethernet 0 2 Gigabit Ethernet 1 0 81 Table 4 Power Allowances in Sleep Mode for Additional Capabilities Power Capability Included Types Allowance W Sensor Occupancy Sensor 0 5 Memory Flash memory card smart card readers camera 0 2 interfaces PictBridge 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of displays meeting the criteria to the total number of displays to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 82 6 4 Reco
319. r less 2 Product is not a spiked tire Factors for Consideration 1 Increased life of product is considered 2 Noise reduction during operation is considered 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Tires for passenger cars under consideration for evaluation criteria in this section refers to those sold on the market excluding stud less tires and does not regulate tires that the car is equipped with at the time of purchase 2 Testing method of the rolling resistance coefficient is based on JIS D 4234 3 Item 1 in the Evaluation Criteria wet grip performance must be 110 or more measured by TEST METHOD FOR TYRE WET GRIP GRADING C1 TYRES 4 Item 2 in the Evaluation Criteria takes in to consideration the aims of Regulations regarding the prevention of dust from spiked tires Regulation No 55 1990 whose aim is the prevention of dust from spiked tires in order to protect people s health and to preserve the living environment 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of tires for passenger cars meeting the criteria to the total number of tires to be purchased in the fiscal year 148 13 4 Engine Oil 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria 2 cycle engine oil Evaluation Criteria 1 The rate of biod
320. r to Laundry and dry cleaning section 156 Table The standard for solar reflectance L value The solar reflectance 70 0 or less 40 0 More than 70 0 but less than 80 0 aut More than 80 0 60 0 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the units of curtains cloth blinds those containing polyester fiber and metal blind meet the criteria to the total number of to be purchased in the fiscal year 157 16 2 Carpets 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Tufted carpets Tile carpets Woven carpets Needle punch carpets Evaluation Criteria Recycled material including unused fiber recycled fiber recycled plastic and other recycled material makes up at least 25 of weight of entire product Factors for Consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact when disposing Evaluation Criteria Must fulfill one of the following 1 Recycled material including unused fiber recycled fiber recycled plastic and other recycled material makes up at least 25 of weight of entire product 2 Products includes synthetic fiber made from vegetable must fulfill one of the following a Products whose fiber content includes biodegradable synthetic fiber or plastic made from vegetable whose reductional effect of environme
321. rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product In order to manage chemical substances adequately each procurement organization is to manage and maintain content information of specific chemical substances until the item in question is discarded Evaluation criteria 1 for television receivers one year transition period will be applied in the fiscal year 2015 the products may be considered as specified procurement goods if energy consumption rates of those do not exceed the result rounded down to eliminate decimals of the standard energy consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 149 T
322. rced circulation 76 1 ilation Dpr n Forced Other than outdoor type type i 78 8 circulation Type Outdoor type 80 4 Gas heating equipment with no hot 121 water supply functions 83 4 Gas heating equipment with hot water supply functions 83 0 Note Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 57 March 29 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of gas water heaters meeting the criteria to the total number of gas water heaters to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 122 11 3 Oil Water Heaters 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Oil water heaters Evaluation Criteria Energy consumption efficiency shall not fall below the energy consumption efficiency listed in Table for each category Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A s
323. rding Medias 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Recording Evaluation Criteria medias Shall meet one of the criteria below Evaluation Criteria applies to the case 1 Recycled plastic makes up at least 30 of the entire weight of the case 2 Slim type case that is 5 mm or less in thickness or assembled type case spindle type case etc 3 Uses vegetable based plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed 4 In case of paper products recycled pulp content must be 70 or more If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration 1 In case of products that include paper as its material and if virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Recording medias under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denotes CD R CD RW DVD R DVD RW DVD RAM BD R BD RE with a
324. re marked on the lamp and product main body for easy acknowledgement at the time of disposal c Specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc must be provided to the user by either package of the lamp and product main body printed matter manual or websites concerning used lamp and used product 6 Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether 7 The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 8 Time for lamp replacement denotes average hours of lamp operating till the effective flux when a product is used falls below 50 of the nominal effective flux and standard hours to lead a proper lamp replacement 9 Recycled Plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded
325. rection for the Promotion of Green Purchasing by the Government and Incorporated Administrative Agencies 1 1 Background and Significance of the Promotion of Green Purchasing Current concerns for global warming and waste management among other environmental issues are rooted in the system of production and consumption which has promoted mass production mass consumption and mass waste In order to address these issues it is essential that we transform our economy and our societies into sustainable ones This will require a commitment by all sectors to reduce environmental impact We must immediately reduce the environmental impact of the goods and services that support our lifestyles and economic activities and promote a shift in demand toward eco friendly goods In order to shift demand toward eco friendly goods and services it is important to not only promote the supply of eco friendly goods and services but also to promote prioritizing the purchase of eco friendly goods and services Prioritizing the purchase of eco friendly goods and services will help form markets for these goods and services which in turn will promote their development and as a result increased purchase of eco friendly goods and services The resulting continuous improvement will create a ripple effect in the market It is necessary for all persons to make a strong commitment to prioritize the purchase of eco friendly goods and services as an integral part of their lives
326. refrigerator consumption section efficiency Refrigerator or Cold Refrigerator freezer air natural E 0 844xV1 155 convection type pees A aa E 0 774xV1 220 Forced liters circulation Over 300 1 E 0 302xV1 343 type liters 2 or more E 0 296xV14 374 Electric Freezer Cold an E 0 844xV2 155 convection type Cold air Up to 300 liters E 0 774xV2 220 99 Forced circulation Over 300 liters E 0 302x V2 343 type Note 1 E V1 and V2 stand for below amount E Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency Rate unit kWh year V1 Adjusted internal volume to the standard internal volume of the freezer multiply 2 20 for three star type freezer 1 87 for two star type freezer and 1 54 for one star type freezer and add the standard internal volume of the storage area aside from the freezer room and round the decimals up if five or more and down if four or less unit L V2 Adjusted internal volume to the standard internal volume of the freezer multiply 2 20 for three star type freezer 1 87 for two star type freezer and 1 54 for one star type freezer and round the decimals up if five or more and down if four or less unit L 2 Energy consumption efficiency for Electric Refrigerators and Electric Refrigerator freezers is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Types 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 34 March 1 2013 based on the Law Concerni
327. replacement of engine oil filter refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct replacement accordingly Fuel equipment related For overhauling or replacement of fuel equipment refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct overhaul or replacement accordingly Related to equipment for the reduction of gas emission W For the inspection of equipment for the reduction of gas emission DPF Oxidized catalyst refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the 282 distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct inspection accordingly Others E For the inspection and adjustment of tire air pressure refer to the maintenance notebook etc provided by the manufacturer and determine a voluntary maintenance standard based on either the distance driven or the amount of time that has passed since the previous maintenance Conduct adjustment in accordance with t
328. requirements c and d 186 c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 8 If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from consideration as stockpiles for disaster 9 In procuring stockpiles for disaster design a system for storage and purchase of products based on their expiration date to enable adequate maintenance and regular renewal of storage and purchase quantities Evaluation Criteria 1 Disposable batteries must exceed the smallest average duration listed in accordance to load resistance in Table below 2 The product specifications must include a period of over five years is required until the recommended expiration date Disposable batteries Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 Disposable batteries under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section denote D C AA or AAA 2 Smallest average duration is to be measured in accordance to the electric discharge test criteria designated in JIS C 8515 Disposable batteries that comply with the alkaline battery designated in JIS C 8515 meets this Evaluation Criteria 1 3 If the products had purchased for its own business it will be excluded from
329. rformance for Cooling Category Coefficient of performance ice thermal storage unit 22 ice thermal packaged air conditioner 3 0 Air Gas engine Evaluation Criteria condition heat pump 1 Cooling medium does not include material capable of destroying ing units i the ozone layer conditioner 2 Annual Performance Factor or Coefficient of Performance does not fall below the numbers listed in Tables 1 and 2 Note 1 Gas engine heat pump air conditioner under consideration in the evaluation criteria includes units whose rated cooling capacity is 28kW or more Table 1 JIS Applicable Unit Types Category Annual Performance Factor APF 212 Cooling capacity is 28kW or higher and 1 67 or higher lower than 35kW Cooling capacity is 35k W or higher 1 86 or higher 1 The calculation of Annual Performance Factor APF will be executed in accordance to JIS B 8627 1 Table 2 Unit Types not applicable to JIS Category Coefficient of performance for primary energy conversion COP Cooling capacity is 28 kW or higher and 1 33 or higher lower than 67kW Cooling capacity is 67 kW or higher 1 23 or higher l Coefficient of Performance for primary energy conversion is calculated using the following formula For units that can be used with rated frequency of both 50 and 60 Hertz the smaller of the numbers derived from calculations using both num
330. rged Procuring facilities should fully consider the following a For ordering treatment involving crushing noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 size of the cut paper pieces should be confirmed From the standpoint of paper recycling larger sized paper is desirable Standard for paper size as noted by businesses is 10mmx50mm or larger b Keeping in mind that shredder treatment inside government buildings etc generally decreases the applicability for recycling it should be conducted with consideration for the degree and necessity of confidentiality Efforts should be made to request for collection of shredded paper by businesses that collect paper for recycling businesses that treat confidential documents etc so that they may be used appropriately according to paper type paper width appropriate for recycling is 5mm or more A certification that indicates that the disposal of confidential documents noted in Evaluation Criteria 3 refers to documents that certify that the collected confidential documents have been used as raw material for paper after being treated to eliminate confidential information This document only applies to instances when an outside business is commissioned to conduct treatment such as melting and crushing and does not apply to shredded paper pieces resulting from shredder treatment within each procuring facility Table 1 Separation procedure for used paper sample Classification Item Newspap
331. rgent container made of paper paper box for incense Sublimation transfer paper iron print paper etc Thermal foam paper Composite paper Material other than paper Adhesive tape Iron on patch Metal used in files Film Styrofoam Cellophane Plastic products Glass products Cloth products Pest prevention Evaluation Criteria 1 When material used for pest prevention falls in the category of 246 specified items for procurement products that fulfill the evaluation criteria is used 2 Abuse of rodenticides and pesticides is avoided A comprehensive prevention method taking into consideration research of their habitation condition etc is in place 3 Measures for preventing outbreak and invasion of pests etc is in place 4 A predetermined plan or target for prevention work is in place Judgment of effectiveness confirmation and examination evaluation of prevention effectiveness etc is conducted after the prevention work 5 Rodenticides and pesticides must be pharmaceutical products that have been approved of manufacture and sales through Pharmaceutical Affairs Law and applied appropriately in accordance with the designated frequency amount and concentration Factors for Consideration Effort is made to propose pest prevention method that is most appropriate for the habitat condition Note Pest prevention that
332. rgy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Notification No 74 March 31 2010 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Same applies to Table 2 Table 2 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Client type Computers Category Standard Client type computer energy spear a he Main memory capacit Screen size OUSUMP Hon source type an y capacity GPU efficiency number of memory channels P o o a O Pomme 031 72 INot 12 to less than 17 installed Non battery driven type with 2 or more memory channels 0 29 having AC adaptor for power supply wen OGBormore 5 ppenii ornare Installed os Ey channels not IMore than 4 GB to less Not eer AGBorless J ST memory channels j Note 1 Number of memory channels refers to the number of logical channels of the bus interface to the main memory branched out of the memory controller 2 Battery driven type refers to ones capable of running on built in batteries without relying on power supplied from outside power line 3 Standalone GPU refers to among processors for image data processing ones having a dedicated local memory 4 Screen size refers to the centimeter denominated quotient rounded at one digit below the decimal point of division of the diagonal outer dimension of the display area of the display screen by 2 54 Table
333. ria Energy consumption efficiency shall not fall below the energy consumption efficiency listed in Table for each category Factors for Consideration 1 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate either reuse of components or recycling of materials 2 The item is made of as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 3 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Items that meet any of the criteria below will not be considered as Gas water heaters under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section a Storage style hot water supply system b Items that were designed for commercial use c Items that use gas excluding city gas categorized under group 13A and liquefied petroleum gas as its fuel source d Gas bath furnaces that are designed to be installed at a bath tub for heating bath water and equipped with a function to prevent imperfect combustion e Direct vent type gas bath furnaces which require a duct connection for combustion air supply and exhaust 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the re
334. roduced during spinning i e linter 4 Reconstructed fiber is created by decomposing and creating into linear form materials such as remnants from manufacturing of clothing and products that are no longer in use 5 Post consumer material refers to material or product discarded after used as a product 6 Recycled polyethylene denotes part or all of polyethylene once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however polyethylene that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 7 A system is in place for the collection reuse and recycling denotes the fulfillment of the below requirements A system for collection should fulfill the below requirements a and b a The manufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products are available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below
335. roof be 50 0 or more Note 1 High solar reflectance waterproof in the evaluation criteria of this section are paints that contain pigments with high solar reflectance in the material in the water resistant layer or paints that have pigments with high solar reflectance are given as finish of the water resistant layer in the rooftop and the roof etc in the building 2 The solar reflectance is calculated in accordance with JIS K 5602 199 Pavement material Pavement blocks using recycled material burnt Evaluation Criteria 1 Uses recycled material material such as those included in the left column of Table below and preprocessed where indicated in the right column as its raw material and burnt 2 Raw material contains 20 or more recycled material by weight total weight when using multiple materials However when counting the weight of recycled material it may not include scraps from the same factory that is usually used 3 According to Environmental Standards for Soil Contamination August 23 1991 Ministry of Environment Notice No 46 there are no problems concerning the elution of toxic material such as heavy metals etc in the one that the product or the burned product of the reworked material used was crushed to 2mm or less Factors for Consideration According to Regulation for Control of Soil Contamination May 29 2002 Regulation No 53 there are no problems concerning the co
336. rpm za 6 000 O E exp 4 58xIn N 46 8 Disk size exceeding 50 mm but not over 75 mm 4 disks E exp 2 98xIn N 31 9 lor more Disk size exceeding 40 mm but not over 50 mm 1 disk a ie Pope INOA Disk size exceeding 40 mm but not over 50 mm 2 disks a ae Eee Na PO Other EF exp 1 56xIn N 17 7 Note 1 Main frame server refers to server type computers computers designed to provide service and the like via a network mounted with a dedicated CISC which is among CPUs designed to be able to execute multiple commands differing in the number of bits ones each of which is designed for exclusive use by a computer 2 E and N represent the following values E Standard energy consumption efficiency N Number of revolutions per minute 3 In represents a logarithm having e as the base 4 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 75 March 31 2010 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of magnetic disk units meeting the criteria to the total number of magnetic disk units to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 78 6 3 Displays 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Displays Evaluation Criteria 1 Shall meet the standard of applicable category in Table 1 and Table 2 2 Is capable
337. rt of the cartridge c The user may obtain from either the product packaging printed matter included in the packaging user instructions for the main device or on the website specific information pertaining to the recycling of used cartridges method of and location for recycling 8 Appropriate treatment noted in criteria 4 for toner cartridges and criteria 4 for ink cartridges indicates that the company involved in the recovery of used cartridges takes responsibility for adequately disposing those parts that cannot be reused or recycled This does not include those instances in which a recovery system by another company is used excluding those instances where recovery is undertaken based on a contract or agreement made between companies However the cartridges etc made public in the Web site or the catalog etc are excluded from the object of Collected cartridges etc as a collection off the subject 9 Chemical safety of toner and ink will be based on the following a Material listed in i iv is not intentionally included in toner and ink i Cadmium lead mercury chromium VI compound nickel and their compounds Coordination compounds of nickel with large molecular weight used for purposes such as coloring are not included ii Material that have been required to indicate the following R numbers based on EC Council Meeting Order 67 548 EEC Appendix I on laws regulations and 63 administrative policy on the clas
338. rtation business of the fixture and furniture the article and the document etc and service of packing unpacking arrangement and care etc incidental to those according to the moving of the public office building etc includes the moving between the public office buildings the moving within the public office building and the moving in the floor of the public office building However the moving transportation to need special packing transportation and the management etc such as the work of art the precision instrument and animals and plants is excluded 2 Evaluation Criteria 3 applies when packing materials made of paper such as cardboards are offered by the business provider and executes the collection according to purchaser s request However provide the collection time limit and the frequency beforehand 3 Evaluation Criteria 4 and Factors for Consideration 3 are applied to the business who does transportation using the car regardless of the main contractor or subcontract of the moving transportation business 4 Eco drive refers to Recommendation for Eco drive 10 published by Eco drive Popularization Network October 2012 Note 1 Soft accelerator e start 2 Keep a distance between cars and driving with little acceleration and deceleration 3 Early stopping of acceleration when deceleration 4 Appropriate use of air conditioner 5 Stop a useless idling 6 Avoid getting congested have time and leave
339. s because those services are thought to have a big potential to reduce environmental load It is also important for each institution to extend its efforts to reduce environmental impact to custom built or ordered goods and services beyond ordinary commercially available products and services It is therefore preferable to incorporate those special goods and services into the procurement policy and study the possibility of reducing environmental impact at as early a stage as possible including the planning stages In addition each institution shall strive to decrease environmental load generated not only from the procured goods themselves but also from the procurement process as much as possible requiring the use of fuel efficient and or low pollution vehicle the use of an appropriate size vehicle according to the amount of procured goods simplification of the documents to be submitted within the enforceable range 3 Other Important Matters Regarding the Promotion of Green Purchasing 3 1 About Procurement Promotion System Each institution shall establish a system for promoting green procurement As a rule this system shall be managed by a person with the ability to exercise control over all of the institution s internal green purchasing In the case of government ministries and agencies the system shall be managed by the equivalent of a Director Director General or higher All organizations belonging to an institution shall participate
340. s for default time to sleep and energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode and energy consumption at standby in inkjet and impact printers excluding large format devices Product speed Default time to Pp mode nad Energy Grn seer consumption of base consumption marking engine at standby ipm lt 10 5 minutes 10 lt ipm lt 20 15 minutes 20 lt ipm lt 30 z0 minaies lt 0 6W lt 0 5W 30 lt ipm 60 minutes Note 1 Sleep denotes the energy saving mode into which the machine will switch after a set time of inactivity without turning off the power Same applies for Tables 3 2 4 1 and 4 2 below 2 The standard of sleep mode energy consumption is calculated adding the sleep mode power allowances for functional adders listed in Table 5 to the sleep mode energy consumption of base marking engine in this table to judge to meet the standard Same applies for Tables 3 2 4 1 and 4 2 below 3 Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International ENERGY STAR Program Requirements Product Specification for Imaging Equipment Eligibility Criteria Version 2 0 Same applies for Tables 3 2 4 1 and 4 2 below Table 3 2 Standards for default time to sleep and energy consumption of base marking engine at sleep mode and energy consumption at standby in inkjet multifunction printers excluding large format devices Product speed Default tim
341. s to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 5 Factors for consideration 1 apply to the designated products defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 2 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 6 Global warming potential in this section denotes the numerical value that showed degree to which is heat trapping gas brings global warming in ratio to which carbon dioxide brings global warming 7 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 8 In order to manage chemical substances adequately each procurement organization is 110 to manage and maintain content information of specific chemical substances until the item in question is discarded Table 1 Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for the Air conditioners applicable to Appendix 3 7 of Rules for Indicating Quality of Domestic Products is a wall mounted non ducted type excluding multi types with ability to control indoor units individually with cooling ability of up to 4 0kW Category Standard energy Cooling capacity Dimension type of indoor units ey Up to 3 2kW Dimension defined type 5 8 Free dimensi
342. scarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 51 Table 1 Standards for standard energy consumption for monochrome fax machines excluding inkjet type machine Product speed ipm Standard k Wh ipm lt 5 lt 0 3 5 lt ipm lt 20 lt 0 04x ipm 0 1 20 lt ipm lt 30 lt 0 06x ipm 0 3 30 lt ipm lt 40 lt 0 11x ipm 1 8 40 lt ipm lt 65 lt 0 16x ipm 3 8 65 lt ipm lt 90 lt 0 2x ipm 6 4 90 lt ipm lt 0 55x ipm 37 9 Note 1 Product speed is the maximum nominal and one side print speed when the black and white image is generated and the ipm speed calculated in all cases is rounded off to the nearest integer lipm number of images for each amount is equal to single A4 size or 8 5 x 11 sheet printed on one side If the maximum claimed speeds differ when producing images on A4 size or 8 5 x 11 paper the higher of two shall be used Same applies for Table 2 below 2 Products for A3 capable Standard format products with a paper path width equal to or greater than 275 mm are a 0 3 kWh wk allowance standards of the applicable category in the Tables Same applies for Table 2 below 3 Measuring method for standard energy consumption shall be measured in accordance with International ENERGY STAR Program Requirements
343. sed is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 2 Use of soluble and dispersible adhesive in water or in the weak alkaline water solution and no resin laminate processing Self stick removable film Factors for Consideration Use of soluble and dispersible adhesive in water or in the weak alkaline water solution Blackboard erasers Whiteboard erasers Picture frames Waste bins Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Recycling boxes Evaluation Criteria If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Can and bottle crushers Name plates desktop 28
344. sification packaging and labeling of harmful objects designated by the EU R40 has limited evidence of being carcinogenic R45 may cause cancer R46 has the potential of causing inheritable damage R49 may cause cancer if inhaled R60 may cause damage to reproductive capability R61 may cause damage to fetus R62 may in some cases cause damage to reproductive capability R63 may in some cases cause damage to fetus R68 has the potential of causing irreversible damage iii Material creates the need to place a danger label on the product as a whole based on EC Council Meeting Order 67 548 EEC Appendix II and 1999 45 EC iv Azo colorants dyes and pigments that have the ability to discharge cancerous aromatic amines listed in Table 1 which is based on EC Council Meeting Order 2002 61 EC b Toner and ink has yielded a negative result to the Ames test c SDS Safety Data Sheet is provided for toner and ink Table 1 Amine that should not be Produced through the Decomposition of the Azo Group Chemical substance CAS No 1 4 Aminobiphenyl 92 67 1 2 Benzidine 92 87 5 3 4 Chloro 0 toluidine 95 69 2 4 2 naphthylamine 91 59 8 5 0 aminoazotoluene 97 56 3 6 2 Amino 4 nitrotoluene 99 55 8 7 p Chloroaniline 106 47 8 8 2 4 diaminoanisole 615 05 4 9 4 4 diaminodiphenylmethane 101 77 9 10 3 3 dichlorobenzidine 91 94 1 11 3 3 dim
345. sing Binding X A PUR Hot processing melt Surface X A OP varnish xx chemicals processing Other processing Others Recycling procedures Evaluation Only material from rank A May be recycled into x is used printing paper Only material from ranks A May be recycled into and B are used cardboard Material from ranks C or D Unsuitable materials to are used recycling are used 1 Refer to latest Guidelines for Producing Recycle Compliant Printed Matter published in Producing Recycle Compliant Printed Matter when filled in Material Confirmation Sheet about the printing material 232 2 In case of using materials such as paper and ink that recycle compliancy ranking test for used paper is not provided fill out Outside the rank in the column of recycle compliancy ranking 3 This sheet form can be changed according to the necessity for the inquiry of content and the necessity for stamps etc 233 Table 4 Environmental Consideration Checklist for Offset Printing Process sample Date To XYZ Company Environmental Consideration Checklist for Offset Printing Process Process Achievement Standard Content of demand Yes No 1 Meet the one of the following A The process digitization ratio adoption of Proofing DTP is 50 or more process B In the process to use plate making film silver is recovered from waste liquid and plate making film Plate Yes No 2 Printing plates of aluminum bas
346. sis or diagnosis and select function of energy conservation route that synchronizes with car navigation system It is necessary to proactively utilize bioethanol blend gasoline E3 E10 and ETBE for common official vehicles passenger vehicles for ordinary official use limited to with a riding capacity of no more than 10 persons among standard vehicles and small vehicles The same applies below in the region where the supply system have already organized Table 1 Emission Standards for Gasoline Vehicles and LP gas Vehicles Category Nitrogen oxide Non methane Carbon monoxide hydrocarbon Passenger vehicles 1 15g km or less 0 013g km or less 0 013g km or less Small buses 1 7tons or less 1 15g km or less 0 025g km or less 0 025g km or less Light duty freight vehicles Small buses 1 7tons or more 2 55g km or less 0 025g km or less 0 035g km or less Medium duty freight vehicles Mini size freight vehicles 4 02g km or less 0 025g km or less 0 025g km or less Note 1 Particle state matter should be extent considered that there is no exhaust 2 Light duty freight vehicles refers to freight vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 1 7tons or less The same applies below 3 Medium duty freight vehicles refers to freight vehicles with a gross vehicle weight of 1 7tons or more and 3 5 tons or less The same applies below 4 Mini size freight vehicles refers to mini cars among freight vehicles The same ap
347. size category l tube compact Using fluorescent lamp of less than 86 in 100 5 For service type size category use Compact type of non twin tube ann shape Using fluorescent lamp of 70 or above in total of size category counts except ones 916 using straight tube type fluorescent lamps of 20 in size category For Sa Eyck Using fluorescent lamp of less than 70 in residential Straight tube ve ee total of size category counts yp Using fluorescent lamp of 70 or above in 78 1 total of size category counts and using straight tube type fluorescent lamp which size is 20 For desk Straight tube type or compact 70 8 lamp type Note 1 Fluorescent lamp size category refers to among straight tube type fluorescent lamps the rated lamp power prescribed under 2 3 1 of JIS C 7617 2 Double capped fluorescent lamps Part 2 Performance specifications for dedicated high frequency lighting type fluorescent lamps or to the size category prescribed under 2 3 1 of JIS C 7617 2 for any other straight tube type fluorescent lamps to the rated lamp power prescribed under 2 3 1 of JIS C7618 2 for compact type fluorescent lamps or circular dedicated high frequency lighting type fluorescent lamps or to the rated lamp power or size category prescribed under 2 3 1 of JIS C7618 2 for any other circular 131 fluorescent lamps than circular dedicated high frequency lighting type fluorescent lamps For any fluorescent lamps to which none of these pr
348. so long as these agents make up no more than 20 of the total volume of the compound material under consideration 2 For lumber other than scraps from plywood and lumber mills lumber recovered from dismantled structures used crates wood chips left over from paper manufacturing logging scrap shrubs and small diameter logs including lumber obtained from thinning the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin 3 For material used to finish the interior of living spaces formaldehyde discharge may not exceed 0 3mg l maximum discharge may not exceed 0 4 mg l Factors for Consideration Lumber other than scraps from plywood and lumber mills lumber recovered from dismantled structures used crates wood chips left over from paper manufacturing logging scrap shrubs and small diameter logs including lumber obtained from thinning is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation Note 1 2 Measurement for formaldehyde discharge should be performed in accordance with JIS A 1460 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing wood and paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the
349. specified as a target for Act on Regulation Etc of Emissions from Non road Special Motor Vehicles Act No 51 of May 25 2005 it is necessary to use the machine that meets the technological standard of this law Low noise construction machines Evaluation Criteria Emissions and soot from on board engines do not exceed levels in attached Table Attached Table Machine Type Machine Output Noise Standard kW dB Bulldozers P lt 55 102 55 lt P lt 103 105 103 lt P 105 Back hoes P lt 55 99 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P lt 206 106 206 lt P 106 Drag lines P lt 55 100 Clamshells 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P lt 206 107 206 lt P 107 Front end loaders P lt 55 102 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P 107 Crawler cranes P lt 55 100 Track cranes 55 lt P lt 103 103 Wheel cranes 103 lt P lt 206 107 206 lt P 107 Vibro hammers 107 219 Hydraulic pile drivers P lt 55 98 Hydraulic steel pipe driver extractors 55 lt P lt 103 102 Hydraulic pile extractors 103 lt P 104 Earth augers P lt 55 100 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P 107 All casing excavators P lt 55 100 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P lt 206 105 206 lt P 107 Earth drills P lt 55 100 55 lt P lt 103 104 103 lt P 107 Concrete breakers 106 Load rollers P lt 55 101 Tire rollers 55 lt P 104 Vibration rollers Concrete pumps vehicle P lt 55 100 55 lt
350. sportation and Delivery including daily and regular inspections as well as the establishing and execution of voluntary maintenance standards based on inspection and maintenance factors listed in Table The objective here is to secure an environment that can maintain energy efficiency in automobiles 5 Modal shift refers to the shifting of transportation mode through the employment of mass transportation system with little environmental load including cargo transportation and domestic sea transportation 6 Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in transportation and delivery noted in Evaluation Criteria 5 requires the fulfillment of the following a An energy efficient delivery route is selected beforehand and the driver is notified thereof b A system for an appropriate delivery route taking into account traffic information is put in place c An adequate automobile type taking into account amount of delivery items and regional characteristics is selected d Transportation and delivery distance is shortened by differentiating between delivery station based method and direct method 7 Environmental Report refers to the environmental report designated by Regulations for Promoting Businesses that Takes into Consideration Environment of Specified Businesses etc through Promotion of Environmental Information Provision 2004 Regulation 77 Article 2 Item 4 8 Fuel efficient low pollution cars in Factors for Consideration
351. sses into concrete or aggregate Pavement Road surface Evaluation Criteria surface recycling Method for replacing the road surface on site or the vicinity of a method site concerned by pulverizing the existing asphalt pavement adding new asphalt compound or additives as needed and mixing and compacting Roadbed Evaluation Criteria recycling Method for replacing the road surface on site by pulverizing and method mixing the existing roadbed and asphalt or concrete pavement and stabilizing the resulting material Note To be used on roads with the thickness of the layer of an asphalt mixture of 10cm or less Slope Slope surface Evaluation Criteria surface greening Method for effectively using thinning wood or soil obtained greening method using from construction process at a construction site within the same method thinning wood site However the amount used which added together felling or soil material and the construction generating ground should occupy obtained from 70 or more by the capacity ratio of the growth base material construction except the water added there process 221 Soil cement Evaluation Criteria pillar line wall The construction method to which the mud that generates the method of mud partially of the cement system solidification medicine by reducing mad reducing the injection rate of recycling or the cement system solidification medicine along with construction can be decreased Note
352. st 23 1991 Ministry of Environment Notice No 46 Granulated Evaluation Criteria blast furnace slag for earth work Public works material that uses blast furnace slag that can replace part or all of natural sand sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone is used Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and seller of the steel slag must be identifiable Caisson Evaluation Criteria filler using Caisson fillers must be copper slag that can replace part copper slag or all of natural sand sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone Caisson Evaluation Criteria filler using Caisson fillers must be ferro nickel slag that can replace ferro nickel part or all of natural sand sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone Ground improvement material Steel slag for ground improve ment Evaluation Criteria Steel slag must be capable of completely replacing natural sand sea sand and land sand using sand compaction pile method Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and seller of the steel slag must be identifiable 195 Slag Blast furnace Evaluation Criteria aggregate for slag Blast furnace slag that can replace part or all of natural concrete aggregate sand sea sand and land sand natural gravel crushed sand or crushed stone is used Factors for Consideration Manufacturer and
353. sumption at low power mode etc in multifunctional devices with consideration for reuse includes devices that have color copy function Image Low power mode Recovery time Sleep Time to Automatic reproduction watts from low power mode switch to duplex mode speed in mode watts sleep mode images per minute IPM 0 lt IPM lt 10 N A N A lt 25W lt 15 min ener 10 lt IPM lt 20 N A N A lt 70W lt 30 min O 20 lt IPM lt 44 lt 3 85 x IPM 50W lt 30 sec lt 80W lt 60 min Mandatory 44 lt IPM lt 100 lt 3 85 x IPM 50w lt gt 2S lt osw lt 90min Mandatory recommended 42 100 lt IPM lt 3 85 x IPM 50W recommended lt 30 sec lt 105W lt 120 min Mandatory Note 1 Sleep mode This is the secondary low power state the copier automatically enters after a specified period of inactivity in the low power mode Same applies for Table 5 4 below mode a sleep mode is not necessary Same applies for Table 5 4 below applies for Tables 5 4 to 5 6 below If power consumption meets sleep mode standards at all times during low power Time to switch to low power mode shall be set at 15 minutes when shipped Same Table 5 4 Standards for energy consumption at low power mode etc in large format multifunctional device with consideration for reuse Image reproducnon Low
354. t 2 The recycle rate of collected used fluorescent lamps that are in its complete form should comprise 95 or more of the collected fluorescent lamps 3 A certificate for the completion of adequate processing of fluorescent lamp is issued and presented to the client upon request Factors for Consideration 1 Collection bin for used fluorescent lamps should be capable of recycling in order to decrease environmental load 2 Collection of used fluorescent lamps will be conducted upon cooperation with facility manager Efforts should be made to collect without damage 3 An effective method of distribution network utilizing regular collection collaborative shipping etc is in place for shipping and collecting of fluorescent lamps 4 Packaging and stowage is as simple as possible and ease of reuse and decrease in environmental load upon disposal is considered Note 1 Function supplying service servicizing noted in Evaluation Criteria refers to a service in which only the function of the fluorescent lamp is supplied the ownership of the fluorescent lamp remains with the service provider who remains responsible for transportation collection and disposal 2 Certificate for the completion of adequate processing of fluorescent lamp noted in Evaluation Criteria 3 can be an equivalent of a certificate including electronic manifesto and manifesto management system utilizing IT 2 Target Setting Guideline The total numb
355. t W Tx Percentage of hour per year specified in Table 3 1 and 3 2 unit Desktop computer Integrated desktop computer and Notebook computer shall be capable of Sleep Mode on instead alternative low power modes with power less than or equal to 10 watts and Thin client without sleep mode on discrete system shall be used measured power consumption in Long Idle Mode P1 instead of measured power consumption in Short Idle Psn Mode in the above calculating formula b Maximum Typical Energy Consumption Emax 1 A TECgaset TECuemt TECgrt TECst TECpistTECgwt TECegeg Emax Maximum Typical Energy Consumption unit kWh year A Adder allowance given to the power supply unit that fills efficiency specified in Table 3 3 TECgasz Base Allowance in Table 3 4 unit k Wh TECwem Adder allowance of memory equipped with system specified in Table 3 5 unit kWh Gigabit TECgr Adder allowance of discrete graphics specified in Table 3 5 unit k Wh TECsr Adder allowance of memory unit storage specified in Table 3 5 if applicable unit kWh TECpis Adder allowance of enhanced performance display specified in Table 69 3 5 if applicable unit k Wh TECsw Adder allowance of Switchable Graphics specified in Table 3 5 if applicable unit kWh TECggg allowance per IEEE 802 3az compliant Energy Efficient Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet specified in Table 3 5 if applicable unit kWh Gigabit 8 Measuring method of Weighted power consumption and Maxim
356. t are produced by disassembling cleaning and repairing used products and assembling those parts that can be guaranteed the same quality as a new one on an assembly line that is the equivalent of a new product Specified chemical substances denotes lead and its compounds mercury and its compounds cadmium and its compounds chromium VI compound polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether The standard content rate of specified chemical substances denotes the standard rate provided by JIS C 0950 2008 The marking for presence of the specific chemical substances for electrical and electronic equipment Appendix A chart A 1 specified chemical substances chemical element symbol substances applicable for calculation and standard content rate Items for which content rate exceeding the standard is allowed are to be determined in accordance with Appendix B of the above JIS Handling of other accessories is to be determined in accordance with JIS C 0950 2008 Material recycling denotes recycling materials into materials It does not include energy recovery degradation to oil gasification use as feedstock of reduction reaction in the blast furnace and of coke furnace Large format devices include those designed for A2 size media and larger including those designed to accommodate continuous form media at a width of 406 millimeters mm or wider Rare metals refers to the 31 types of metals the seventeen rare earth
357. t be used which fulfill those evaluation criteria 2 Materials for packing and curing that can be used repetitive must be used 3 The collection of materials for packing must be executed after the moving ends 4 In the case of transportation with a car must fulfill following criteria a The state of energy use as well as the effects of energy efficiency efforts are being reviewed periodically b Measures are in place for eco drive promotion c Inspection and maintenance of cars for environmental protection including reduction of environmental pollutant emission and maintenance of energy efficiency is being conducted Factors for Consideration 1 The appropriate proposal concerning the moving transportation method must be made to contribute to decrease of environmental load 2 As for packing and curing must be execute for saving resource such as aggregate packing or reduction of materials use and concerning use of recycled material also taking into consideration for ease of recycling and environmental load upon disposal 3 In the case of transportation with a car taking into consideration of following a Adequate and effective application for the efficient use of energy and measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in moving transportation is arranged with consideration for Evaluation Criteria for Freight Transportation Companies in Relation to the Efficient use of Energy in Freight Transport
358. t quality without trouble 12 Due to the considerable amount of time necessary until the recovery of used products individual criteria for copiers etc with consideration for reuse will be considered specified procurements if they fulfill appropriate criteria outlined in Tables 5 1 to 5 6 This is until products that fulfill criteria outlines in Tables 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 and 3 will be supplied in the market The time period will be determined based on the observation of the market trends Table 1 1 Standards for energy consumption for monochrome copiers and Upgradeable digital monochrome copiers excluding large format devices Factor of automatic Product speed ipm Standards kWh plet printing hinction ipm lt 5 lt 0 3 5 lt ipm lt 20 lt 0 04 x ipm 0 1 Not applied 20 lt ipm lt 24 sso 24 lt ipm lt 30 SOOS E D Integral to the base product or optional sau i lt 0 11 ipm 1 8 accessory 37 lt ipm lt 40 40 lt ipm lt 65 lt 0 16 x ipm 3 8 Integral to the base 65 lt ipm lt 90 lt 0 2 x ipm 6 4 product 90 lt ipm lt 0 55 x ipm 37 9 Note 1 Product speed is the maximum nominal and one side print speed when the black and white image is generated and the ipm speed calculated in all cases is rounded off to the nearest integer lipm number of images for each amount is equal to single A4 size or 8 5 x 11 sheet printed on one side If the maximum c
359. tational storage media integral to the compute Thin Clients covered by this specification And include integrated thin client computer in which computing hardware and display are connected to ac mains power through a single cable Computers which meet the definition of both thin client and notebook computer designed for portability treated as notebook in this section b Operational Modes 1 il ill Off Mode The lowest power mode which cannot be switched off influenced by the user and that may persist for an indefinite time when the appliance is connected to the main electricity supply and used in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Sleep Mode A low power mode that the computer enters automatically after a period of inactivity or by manual selection Idle State The power state in which the operating system and other software have completed loading a user profile has been created activity is limited to those basic applications that the system starts by default and the computer is not in Sleep Mode Idle State is composed of two sub states Short Idle and Long Idle Long Idle The mode where the Computer has reached an Idle condition and the main computer display has entered a low power state where screen contents cannot be observed Short Idle The mode where the Computer has reached an Idle condition the screen is on and Long Idle power management features have not engaged Measuring method for energy co
360. ter add the amount of heat generated by the heater unit kW Rated consumed electricity The sum of electricity consumed when the heat pump unit is operated in accordance with the rated heating criteria listed in Attached Table For systems that are simultaneously heated with a heater add the amount of electricity consumed by the heater unit kW 117 Attached Table Rated Heating Criteria Category Rated heating criteria unit degrees C External temperature DB WB 16 12 Temperature of supplied water 17 Temperature of heated water 65 Temperature of supplied water Temperature of city water that is supplied to the heat pump method hot water supply system unit degrees C Temperature of heated water Temperature at the output of the heat pump unit unit degrees C 3 Fluorocarbons are the materials defined as the Fluorocarbons prescribed in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of the Act for Rationalized Use and Proper Management of Fluorocarbons Act No 64 of 2001 4 Global warming potential in this section denotes the numerical value that showed degree to which is heat trapping gas brings global warming in ratio to which carbon dioxide brings global warming 5 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that
361. ter heaters without a 61 0 center flue heat exchanger Note 1 For hot water supply refers to those used primarily for hot water supply and includes those equipped with functions for heating or to heat bath water 2 For heating refers to those used primarily for heating and includes those equipped with functions for hot water supply or to heat bath water 3 For baths refers to those used primarily to heat bath water and includes those equipped with functions for hot water supply or for heating 4 Rapid heating system refers to heating period of 200 seconds or less measured in accordance with the measurement method for heating period as determined by JIS S3031 5 Center flue heat exchanger refers to the duct that penetrates the hot water tank 6 On off control refers to systems that are controlled only by ignition and extinguishing 7 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 58 March 29 2006 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of oil water heaters meeting the criteria to the total number of oil water heaters to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 124 11 4 Gas Cooking Appliances 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Gas cooking Evaluation Criteria appliances 1 Energy consumptio
362. terial is paper recycled pulp must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter 2 If the primary material is plastic recycled plastic must make up no less than 70 by weight of the entire item Recycled plastic that utilizes post consumer material must make up no less than 60 by weight of the entire item In other cases the item must satisfy the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery 3 Otherwise item must meet the Evaluation Criteria common to all stationery Factors for Consideration If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Card cases Business envelopes paper product Evaluation Criteria No less than 40 recycled pulp content If virgin p
363. that meet the criteria to the number of jobs conducted in the fiscal year 259 22 7 Transportation and Delivery 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Transportation and delivery Evaluation Criteria 1 The state of energy use as well as the effects of energy efficiency efforts are being reviewed periodically 2 Measures are in place for eco drive promotion 3 Inspection and maintenance of cars for environmental protection including reduction of environmental pollutant emission and maintenance of energy efficiency is being conducted 4 Modal shift is put in place 5 Measures are put in place for improved efficiency in transportation and delivery 6 Information regarding the above criteria the actual state of use and numbers showing the effect for criteria 1 and whether or not the measures are put in place for criteria 2 to 5 are publicized on websites and environmental reports etc so that they may be easily confirmed or is judged objectively by a third party Factors for Consideration 1 Adequate and effective application for the efficient use of energy and measures to contribute to leveling of demand for electricity in transportation and delivery is arranged with consideration for Evaluation Criteria for Freight Transportation Companies in Relation to the Efficient use of Energy in Freight Transportation Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry Ministry of Land Infrastructure
364. the following 1 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 25 by weight of all fibers If polyester fibers are used less than 50 by weight of all fibers accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and no less than 50 by weight of polyester fibers 2 Polyester from recycled PET resins accounts for no less than 10 by weight of all fibers and a system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established Factors for consideration 1 A system for collecting reuse and recycling materials after product use is established 2 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Evaluation criteria At least 50 by weight of fiber natural and chemical used in polyethylene fiber products shall be recycled polyethylene fibers Factors for consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Note 1 PET resins denote material that use recycled PET bottles and fiber products etc 2 Weight of all fibers denotes the weight of all product excluding accessories such as pole fastener and metal parts etc from all of product The weight of accessories used recycled plastic part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the m
365. the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of goods of a certain type that meets the criteria to the total number of goods of that type to be purchased in the fiscal year 30 4 Office Furniture etc 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Chairs Desks Shelves Storage furniture without shelf Low partitions Coat hangers Umbrella stands Bulletin boards Blackboards Whiteboards Evaluation Criteria Shelves and storage furniture comprised primarily of metal should fulfill requirements outlined in 1 and 5 For all other products one of the following should be met Products whose primary material aside from metal is plastic wood and paper should fulfill the requirements outlined in 2 and 5 3 and 5 and 4 and 5 respectively For products that include wood as a non primary material should fulfill 3 a products that include paper as a non primary material should fulfill 4 b 1 Products included in Table 1 must fulfill both a b and c listed below Other products must fulfill both b and c listed below a Does not exceed criteria listed in Table 1 for each category Ratio of dismantle possibility material must be 85 or higher Takes into account environmentally conscious design noted in Table 2 for each evaluation criteria 2 Recycled plastic m
366. the number of toner cartridges and ink cartridges meeting the criteria to the total number of toner cartridges and ink cartridges to be purchased in the fiscal year 65 6 Computers etc 6 1 Computers 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Computers Evaluation Criteria 1 Server type computers shall meet the standards of applicable category below a Performance rate of energy standard shall exceed 180 obtained by the rate of standard energy consumption efficiency listed in Table 1 for each category However for dedicated CISC of CPU type energy consumption efficiency shall not exceed the standard energy consumption efficiency listed in Table 1 for each category Off mode energy consumption shall be 1 0W or less and long idle mode energy consumption shall not over maximum power consumption on idle mode obtained by calculation formula in Note 6 2 Client type computers shall meet one of the following a b c or a Performance rate of energy standard shall exceed 200 obtained by the rate of standard energy consumption efficiency listed in Table 2 for each category For Desktop Computers Integrated Desktop Computers Notebook Computers Typical Energy Consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 7 a shall not exceed Maximum Typical Energy Consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 7b For Work Station weighted power consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 8 a shall not exceed ma
367. the paper manufacturer making public on the product or website 8 Confirmation of the legality and the sustainability of the forest where pulpwood producing paper originates from is to be conducted in accordance with the Forest Agency s Guideline for Verification on Legality and Sustainability of Wood and Wood Products February 15 2006 In cases where the contract between the lumber company and the processing and marketing companies has been made prior to April 1 2006 the proof that the lumber is legal in accordance to the guideline above is not necessary as long as the party that is maintaining the lumber and the products documents on a certificate by April 1 2006 that the said contract has been completed before April 1 2006 9 Confirmation of lumber obtained from thinning to be used for pulp is to be done in 10 accordance with the Forest Agency s Guidelines for confirming thinning wood chips February 13 2009 10 As paper is produced from a mixture of multiple wood chips it is permissible to take into consideration the difficulty of securing the actual proportion for each product during the manufacturing process and use the credit method that is in accordance with Operation guidelines for credit method for pulp certified by forest certification system and pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning February 13 2009 stipulated by Ministry of Environment Credit method refers to a method whereby t
368. tion nor the only ones recommended for purchase It is preferable for each institution to strive to purchase goods and services not only meeting the evaluation criteria but also contributing to the reduction of environmental impact to the greatest extent possible taking into account a variety of environmental factors over the entire product lifecycle in line with Basic Approach toward the Promotion of Green Purchasing Furthermore factors which are important for reducing environmental impact but are not appropriate to be set as uniform evaluation criteria at the present time are specified as factors for consideration to be considered in addition to the evaluation criteria when making purchasing decisions Each institution should specify the factors for consideration as concrete and explicit specifications for each procurement when applying the factors for consideration to their procurement in order to ensure transparency and fairness to the procurement process Because these evaluation criteria are set in terms of reduction of environmental impact needless to say it is necessary to separately ensure the general matters such as quality functionality etc and appropriate price expected to purchased goods and Services 2 1 c Revising and Adding Designated Procurement Items and Evaluation Criteria The designated procurement items and evaluation criteria shall be revised as appropriate considering the progress of development and populari
369. to consideration of the market trends 4 Warm toilet seats and warm water storage type among warm water shower toilet seat which does not exceed the result of the standard energy consumption rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table will be considered designated procurement item since the products will supply enough for the market The period will be determined taking into consideration of the market trends 105 Table Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Electric Toilet Seats Category Standard Energy Availability of the shower Availability of the water tank Consumption function Efficiency Warm toilet seat Without a 141 shower function Warm water shower toilet Warm water storage type With a 183 seat With a shower function warm water tank without cleansing function Instantaneous type Without a 135 warm water tank Note 1 Warm toilet seat refers to toilet seats with a warming function only 2 Warm water shower toilet seat refers to warm toilet seats equipped with built in warm water shower equipment 3 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 288 November 26 2007 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of electric toilet seats meeting th
370. tput power POUT greater than 10 watts 0 02 x POUT 10 0 Touch Panel Display N A N A Applies to both monochrome and color touch panel displays 0 2 Internal Disk Drives N A N A Includes any high capacity storage product including hard disk and solid state drives Does not cover interfaces to external drives 0 15 Note Among adder type the number of allowances claimed for interface functional adders including any fax capability is 2 or less and the number of allowances of any non interface functional adders is unlimited 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of printers and multifunction printers meeting the criteria to the total number of printer faxes to be purchased including lease rental agreements in the fiscal year 50 5 3 Fax Machines 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Fax machines Evaluation Criteria 1 Monochrome fax machines excluding inkjet types meet the standards of appropriate category listed in Table 1 2 Color fax machines excluding inkjet types meet the standards of appropriate category listed in Table 2 3 Inkjet type fax machines meet the standards listed in Table 3 4 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate Factors for Consideration 1 Batteries do not include cadmium alloys zinc alloys or mercury alloys This is not required however if batteries includi
371. tries and agencies etc shall be formed to enhance communication between organizations and to study policies for the promotion of green purchasing so as to facilitate green purchasing effectively 3 5 Employee Training and Other Educational Activities for the Promotion of Green Purchasing Training seminars and other educational activities shall be actively implemented to give employees especially those in charge of procurement a greater awareness and practical knowledge concerning the promotion of green purchasing 3 6 Utilization and Provision of Information about Eco friendly Goods and Services A wide variety of information about eco friendly goods and services is already available including various environmental labels and product environmental information database Therefore each institution shall try to utilize information from environmental labels provided by third party organization such as Eco Mark and Eco Leaf while taking into account its appropriateness including reliability of information and transparency of its procedures And each institution shall strive to purchase goods and services which contribute to reduce environmental load to the greatest extent possible referring to the Carbon Offset Attestation Label and the Carbon Footprint Mark which are recent programs for the reduction of Greenhouse gas emission The Government shall strive to provide and spread the appropriate information about eco friendly goods and services
372. tting color of daylight daylight white white standard of Intrinsic energy consumption efficiency shall be 100 Im W or more 2 Target Setting Guideline Ratio of the number of products meeting the criteria to the total number of products to be purchased in the fiscal year 132 12 2 Lamps 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Fluorescent lamps tube type 40 fluorescent lamps Evaluation Criteria Product meets one of the following criteria 1 High frequency lighting Hf lamps meet the following criteria a Lamp efficiency is no less than 1001m W b Average color rendering index Ra of 80 or more c Tube diameter of no more than 25 5 1 2 mm d No more than average of 5 mg encapsulated mercury per product e Rated life of at least 10 000 hours 2 Rapid start fluorescent lamps or fluorescent lamps with starter meet the following criteria a Lamp efficiency is no less than 851m W b Average color rendering index Ra of 80 or more c Tube diameter of no more than 32 5 1 5 mm d No more than average of 5 mg encapsulated mercury per product e Rated life is at least 10 000 hours Factors for Consideration Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Light bulb shaped lamps Evaluation Criteria Meet one of the following criteria 1 Bulb shaped LED lamps must meet the following criteria a Lamp effic
373. tude of each product about materials marked colored paper and fancy paper published by The Ministry of the Environment Law on Promoting Green Purchasing net 229 Table 2 Environmental Consideration Item and Criteria Relating Offset and Digital Printing at Each Process Process Item Criteria Proofing Digitization The process digitization ratio adoption of process DTP is 50 or more Silver recovery from In the process to use plate making film silver waste liquid and is recovered from waste liquid and plate making film plate making film Plate Reuse or recycling of Printing plates of aluminum base material process printing plates are reuse or recycled Printing Offset VOC VOC emission suppressing measures such as process emission placing covers to discarded waste cloths containers and detergent containers are taken In the case of hot air drying printing in rotary presswork VOC emission treatment equipment is installed and properly operated and managed Recycling for The recycle ratio of spoilage etc waste papermaking sheet and remain sheet generated from the stock presswork to papermaking stock shall be 80 or more Digital Decrease of The activity of conservation of energy is negative taken such as use of power saving feature environmental and power off when unused impact of the printing machine Recycling for The recycle rati
374. uced environmental impact upon disposal 4 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note l Products that meet the below criteria will not be considered Electric toilet seats under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section a Electric toilet seats that use warm water supplied from a separate warm water system b Electric toilet seats those are equipped only with warm water washing apparatus c Portable electric toilet seats that are used for welfare purposes d Electric toilet seats that are primarily used in train cars 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product As for instantaneous type among warm water shower toilet seats have a timer or a function to distinguish non use situation nighttime etc as a power saving method one year transition period will be applied in the fiscal year 2015 the products may be considered as specified procurement goods when energy consumption rate shall not exceed the result decimal point eliminated of the standard energy efficiency rate calculated using the formula for each category listed in Table multiplied by 100 129 The transition period will be determined taking in
375. ufacturer or the seller has a system a collection system located at the manufacturer or the seller or collection in response to the user s request for 153 voluntarily collecting collecting on its own or commissioning other companies to collect includes situations where multiple businesses undertake the collection together used products b In order to precipitate appropriate collection specific information for the collection collection method collection location etc of used products is available from the products body package catalog and website for the users A system for reuse and recycling should fulfill the below requirements c and d c The collected products must be reused material recycled and chemical recycled d The parts that cannot be reuse or recycling of collected products must energy recovered 7 Synthetic fiber whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed denotes material whose reductional effect of environmental load has been confirmed by a third party such as an LCA expert through a quantitative objective and scientific analysis and evaluation including effects of trade off of the environmental load of the product throughout its lifecycle 8 When cleaning the products each procurement organization should consider about the following a Choose the business who executes cleaning that fulfills the evaluation criteria of Laundry and dry cleaning refer to Laundry and dry cleani
376. uipment that uses mercury lamp Factors for Consideration Appropriate light source is selected taking into consideration the color rendition and effect of light desired for the site where the equipment is to be used Central Central Evaluation Criteria divider block divider block Raw material contains 70 or more recycled plastic by using weight recycled plastic Factors for Consideration A system exists for collection and reuse after removal Notes 1 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 2 As for Central divider block using recycled plastic material that meet the standard of JIS A 9401 Recycled plastics median strip block fills this criteria Tiles Porcelain tile Evaluation Criteria 1 Uses recycled material material such as those included in the left column of Table below and preprocessed where indicated in the right column as its raw material 2 Raw material contains 20 or more recycled material by weight total weight when using multiple materials However when counting the weight of recycled material it may not include scraps from the same factory that is usually used 3 According to Environmental Standards for Soil Contamination
377. ulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Factors for Consideration If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be obtained from a forest that is conducting a sustainable operation If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the 25 pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumber factories material left over from forestry or lumber with small diameter Envelopes with windows paper product Evaluation Criteria No less than 40 recycled pulp content If virgin pulp is used as the raw material the pulpwood used is to be in compliance with the regulations concerning forestry in its country or geographical area of origin This does not apply to virgin pulp manufactured with lumber obtained from thinning or virgin pulp manufactured by using recycled wood pieces obtained from plywood or lumb
378. um power consumption for Workstations are as follows a Weighted power consumption Weighted power consumption W 0 35 lt P opr 0 10Ps 0 15 lt P 0 40xPs Porr Measured power consumption in Off Mode unit W Pst Measured power consumption in Sleep Mode unit W Py Measured power consumption in Long Idle Mode unit W Ps Measured power consumption in Short Idle Mode unit W b Maximum weighted power consumption Maximum weighted power consumption W 0 28x PMaxtNupp 5 8 76 PerEx0 65 Pmax Measured maximum power consumption unit W Nupp Number of installed hard disk drives HDD or solid state drives SSD Pree EEE allowance of 0 2W per IEEE 802 3az compliant Energy Efficient Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet port 9 Measuring method of Maximum Typical Energy Consumption for Thin Clients as follows Ermax lECpaset TECcort tTECwor TECpistTECegrg Ermax Maximum Typical Energy Consumption unit kWh year TECgasz Base Allowance 60W TECgr Discrete Graphics allowance 36W TECwot Wake on LAN WOL allowance 2W TECpyjs Integrated Display allowance for Integrated Desktops unit kWh specified in Table 3 5 TECrrr Energy Efficiency Ethernet incentive for Desktops specified in Table 3 5 if applicable per IEEE 802 3az compliant Energy Efficient Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet port unit kWh Gigabit However adding adder allowance TECcgr TECwo t TECpis and TECger shall only be applied to products that offer enabled by default up
379. umers through providing containers and packaging for sold merchandise at a cost providing reusable shopping bags for those consumers who do not bring their own shopping bags etc and confirming with the consumers the retailer s intent concerning the use of containers and packaging 2 Target Setting Guideline The number of retail businesses in operation in government buildings etc that meet the criteria in the fiscal year 270 22 11 Laundry and Dry Cleaning 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Laundry and dry Evaluation Criteria cleaning 1 Measures are put in place for energy conservation and the water resource saving etc collecting and recycling of the drain water for reduction of environmental impact 2 Measures are put in place for eco drive promotion 3 Asystem for collection and reuse or recycling of used hangers is established Factors for Consideration 1 Control of volatile organic material is taken into consideration 2 Efforts must be made for the adequate use of laundry water and detergent 3 Maintain an understanding of energy use conditions at business and sales offices and make an effort to decrease energy use rate in said facilities 4 Incorporation of fuel efficient low pollution cars is promoted 5 Maintain an understanding of reduction of package poly packing material and bags etc 6 The introduction in the cleaning equipment the machine and air conditioning facilities etc
380. unt ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal Notes 1 Recapped automobile tires under consideration in the evaluation criteria in this section refers to tires for small trucks and tires for trucks and busses as well as tires for industrial automobiles and tires for construction automobiles 2 Recapped automobile tires that meet the standard of JIS K 6329 Retreaded tires fills Evaluation Criteria 1 2 Target Setting Guideline The number of recapped automobile tires to be purchased in the fiscal year including those that are purchased as a part of automobile maintenance 237 22 5 Automobile Maintenance 1 Items and Evaluation Criteria Automobile maintenance Evaluation Criteria 1 Automobile recycled parts refers to reuse parts commercial automobile parts removed from a car that can no longer be used for its original purpose certified for quality and cleaned or rebuilt parts commercial automobile parts removed from a car that can no longer be used for its original purpose worn or degenerated parts replaced and rebuilt certified for quality and cleaned are used 2 When cleaning the engine the following must be fulfilled a The cleaning process decreases material that causes environmental pollution hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide by 20 or more Cleaning of the engine should be performed on automobiles whose hydrocarbon and carbon m
381. unt for indoor concentration designated by the Ministry of Health Labor and Welfare Cleaning methods that contribute to the reduction of environmental load as noted in Evaluation Criteria 6 refers to tactics such as the application of cleaning methods based on the level of contamination application of preventative cleaning methods that removes before the contamination of room environment enforcement of reliable contamination removal through maintenance of cleaning machinery performance In Factors for Consideration 3 of Cleaning reference should be made to the hydrogen ion concentration pH of synthetic detergent based on Household Products Quality Indicator The hydrogen ion concentration of products for floor maintenance and floor detergents as undiluted solution should ideally be between pH5 and pH9 Designated chemical material noted in Factors for Consideration 4 of Cleaning refers to material that apply to Laws Pertaining to the Promotion of Understanding and Maintenance Improvement of Environmental Emission of Designated Chemical Material PRTR Law Treatment of Evaluation Criteria confidential 1 Type and amount of paper to be discharged at the facility documents concerned is taken into consideration methods of separation and treatment is proposed in accordance with the facility conditions and adequate collection is enforced to use as raw material for paper 2 For disposal of confidential documents
382. ures referred to automobile maintenance businesses that involves replacement of parts excluding replacement of expendable parts including regular inspection and automobile maintenance required as a result of a breakdown or an accident 2 Automobile under consideration refers to passenger cars small size cars and mini size cars but does not include motorcycles 3 When automobile parts are not available or difficult to obtain maintenance using new parts will be considered in this section 4 Engine cleaning in Evaluation Criteria 2 refers to a service commissioned to automobile maintenance company etc for a regular inspection and maintenance etc that includes assessment using instruments for measuring hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide levels In cases where levels exceed the criteria listed in Table engine combustion room will be cleaned in order to remove carbon sludge etc that have accumulated inside 5 Evaluation Criteria 2 applies to regular automobiles small sized automobiles and light automobiles excluding those with two cycle engines that use gasoline as its fuel 6 Criteria for gas emission that requires engine cleaning noted in Evaluation Criteria 2 must comply with allowable limit of automobile gas emission based on environmental pollution prevention guideline Ministry of the Environment Notification No 1 January 21 1974 7 A system is in place to accommodate requests for above tasks from automobile
383. use lamp and desk lamp energy consumption efficiency rate shall not fall below the standard energy consumption efficiency of applicable category in Table 1 b As for residential use lamp energy consumption efficiency rate shall not fall below the energy consumption from Table multiplied by 127 100 calculated to two decimal places and then rounded off to one decimal place 2 Contents of specified chemical substances does not exceed standard content ratio Content ratio information of applicable chemical material is easily available on websites etc Factors for Consideration 1 The function with high effect of energy conservation such as the initial illuminance correction control passive sensor control and the brightness sensor control should be appended 2 The item should be designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate recycling 3 Organic solvent or paint with as low odor as possible is used as coating 4 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 5 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered LED lighting equipment Evaluation Criteria 1 Intrinsic energy consumption efficiency meet the standard of the applicable category in Table 2 2 Average color rendering index Ra of products are 80 or more Exceptionally average color re
384. ut AorBl 11 0 km l less than 1 871 kg B2 9 7 km l 1 871 kg or more but Aor Bl 10 8 km l less than 1 991 kg B2 9 5 km l 1 991 kg or more but Aor Bl 10 3 km l less than 2 101 kg B2 9 0 km l 2 101 kg or more Aor Bl 9 4 km l B2 8 8 km l 143 Table 6 Standard Fuel Efficiency in Heavy Vehicle Mode for Route Buses and General Buses with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or more Standard fuel efficiency Category minimum Gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or more 8 9 04km L but less than 6 tons 6 97km L Gross vehicle weight of 6 tons or more but 6 52km L less than 8 tons Gross vehicle weight of 8 tons or more 8 6 30km L 6 37km L but less than 10 tons Gross vehicle weight of 10 tons or more 5 7Ikw L 5 70km L but less than 12 tons Gross vehicle weight of 12 tons or more but less than 14 tons ie ie ag ene Gross vehicle weight of 14 tons or more 4 06km L but less than 16 tons 4 23km L Gross vehicle weight of 16 tons 3 57km L Note 1 Route buses refer to the vehicles for public service vehicle transportation business that decides routes other than route such as national expressway and operates regularly with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5tons or more and with a riding capacity of 11 persons or more 2 General buses refer to other than route buses with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5tons or more and
385. volume indicates numeric value acquired first by multiplying the actual internal volume of the hot storage compartment by 40 276 which is divided by 11 and then by adding the result to the actual internal volume of the cold storage compartment unit liter Vb Adjusted internal volume numeric value acquired first by multiplying the actual internal volume of the hot storage compartment by 40 which is devided by 10 and then by adding the result to the actual internal volume of the cold storage compartment Unit L T Adjusted heat capacity numeric value obtained by totaling the hot water tank capacity multiplied by 80 the cold water tank capacity multiplied by 15 and the ice storage capacity multiplied by 95 and then divided by 0 917 and then multiplying the total sum by 4 19 Unit kJ 5 Energy consumption efficiency is calculated according to 3 Energy Consumption Efficiency Measurement Methods 2 in Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry notification No 289 November 26 2007 based on the Law Concerning the Rational Use of Energy Table2 Design Criteria for Environmental Consideration in Vending Machine for Beverages Objective Evaluation criteria Evaluation standard Reduce reduction Reduction of resource The weight of product is reduced of resources Using of recycled Promotion of the use of recycled materials materials Longer life of product Consideration for overhauling and renewal
386. wever if batteries including these substances are collected reused or recycled without failure and or properly processed 3 The item is designed so that it can be easily dismantled and its materials separated to facilitate refurbishment reuse and recycling 4 The item uses a large amount of recycled components that have already been used and uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible if plastic components are used 5 Default time to low power mode the low power consumption state that the copier automatically enters after a specified period of inactivity Same definition applies below and auto shut off mode the power is shut off by the automatic off function after a specified period of inactivity Same definition applies below is to be set at 5 minutes or less at the time of shipment For machines whose default time cannot be changed after shipment the original default time should be maintained 6 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 7 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered 87 Table Energy Efficiency Criteria for Digital Duplicators Energy Efficiency for Digital Duplicators W A3 adaptable machines B4 adaptable machines A4 adaptable machines Printer Printer Printer Printer function function function function In operati
387. with a riding capacity of 11 persons or more Table 7 Standard Fuel Efficiency in Heavy Vehicle Mode for Tracks with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5tons or more Maximum Standard fuel Category authorized freight efficiency mass minimum 10 83km L 1 5tons or more 10 35km L Gross vehicle weight of 3 5 tons or more but less than 2tons EET but less than 7 5t ut less than 7 5tons 2tons or more but 9 5lkm L less than 3tons 8 12km L O aa Gross vehicle weight of 8 tons or more but less than 10 tons 6 52km L Gross vehicle weight of 10 tons or more but less than 12 tons i 6 00km L Gross vehicle weight of 7 5 tons or more but less than 8 tons Gross vehicle weight of 12 tons or more but less than 14 tons 5 69km L Gross vehicle weight of 14 tons or more but 4 97km L 144 lessthanl6tons S fe Ss Gross vehicle weight 16 tons or more but less than 20 tons fC 4 15 km L Gross vehicle weight 20 tons Po 4 04 km L Table 8 Standard Fuel Efficiency in Heavy Vehicle Mode for Tractors traction engine with a gross vehicle weight of 3 5tons or more Category Standard fuel efficiency minimum Gross vehicle weight of no more than 20 tons 3 09 km l Gross vehicle weight 20 tons or more 2 01 km l Table 9 Standard Fuel Efficiency in 10 15 Mode for LP Gas fueled Passenger Cars Category Standard fuel efficiency minimum Vehicle weight of
388. with the vending machine Separate collection and recycling should be done according to the material of beverage containers 7 Take measures such as using fuel efficient vehicles with low pollution and improving the efficiency of delivery when setup or recovery of the vending machines and replenishing beverages or collection of containers 8 Packaging and stowage is to be as simple as possible and take into account ease of recycling and reduced environmental impact upon disposal 9 A system for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc 213 isconsidered Note 1 10 Installation of vending machines for beverages under consideration in this section refer to those for canned bottled beverages those for beverage in paper containers and those for beverage served in cups However it doesn t apply to installation of the one as follows a Those having a storage space for goods kept at or near room temperature Compact table top models used on tables c Those intended to be used at specific places such as in vehicles d Those cooling beverages raw materials by means of an electronic cooling e g Peltier cooling Evaluation Criteria in this section doesn t apply if there will be no replacement of the vending machines in the cases duration of the installation contract etc or in the cases of renewal of the contract etc Evaluation Criteria 1 doesn t apply to vending machines for the ones preparing for
389. ximum power consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 8 b For Thin Client Typical Energy Consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 7 a shall not exceed Maximum Typical Energy Consumption obtained by calculation formula in Note 9 3 Contents of specified chemical substances do not exceed the standard content rate The content rate can be easily confirmed on websites etc 4 Equipment and function are simplified for notebook computers used for ordinary administrative tasks Factors for Consideration 1 Design consideration takes into account product life efficient use of material reuse of parts or recycling of raw material in compliance with evaluation criteria for Standards for the Promotion of Efficient Use of Material 66 2 The operation time of secondary power battery is not longer than necessary for notebook computers used for ordinary administrative tasks 3 The product makes the maximum use of recycled material taken from a previously used product 4 If plastic components are used for either the body or the parts the item uses as large amount of recycled plastic as possible or uses vegetable based plastics whose reductive effect of environmental load has been confirmed 5 If magnesium alloy is used for either the body or the parts the item uses as large amount of recycled magnesium alloy as possible 6 Accessories including manuals recovery CD s etc is eliminate
390. ystem for the collection and reuse recycling of packaging etc is considered Note 1 Items that meet any of the criteria below will not be considered as Oil water heaters under consideration in the evaluation criteria of this section a Pot style bath furnace equipped with a burner b Items that were designed for commercial use c Items equipped with a structure for burning firewood d Hot water boilers with gauge pressure of over 0 1MPa 2 Recycled plastic denotes part or all of plastic once used as a part of a useful product that has been discarded remnants discarded during the manufacturing process or the recycle reuse of defective articles This excludes however plastic that has been recycled in the process of manufacturing the product 123 Table Standard Energy Consumption Efficiency for Oil Water Heaters Category Standard Air supply and Energy Usage Heating type exhaust system or consumption control method efficiency Instantaneous type 86 0 For hot water mignee type yaulrapie 87 0 supply heating system Storage type other than l 85 0 rapid heating system Non vented type 85 3 Instantaneous type Vented type 79 4 Direct vent type 82 1 On off control 87 0 Storage type with rapid For heaters A system j Oher Matongpik 82 0 control Storage type other than 84 0 rapid heating system Water heaters with a center 75 0 flue heat exchanger i For baths Wa
391. zation of the designated procurement goods and accumulation of scientific knowledge Future revisions and additions to the designated procurement items and evaluation criteria shall be made in accordance with the appropriate procedures as stipulated in Act on Green Purchasing and also incorporate the opinions of experts from the academic and business worlds while ensuring transparency 2 1 d Approach toward Public Works Public works account for a large share of each institution s procurement and have a large impact on the national economy Additionally it is believed that the Government s initiative to conduct public works by methods which contribute to reduce environmental impact promote effectively the same approaches conducted by local governments and private enterprise Therefore public works that contribute to reduction of environmental impact are included in designated procurement items relating to services and this type of procurement shall be actively promoted in accordance with the following points As constructions including architectural structures as the aim of public works are directly linked to the lives of the people long term safety and functionality of those constructions must be ensured Therefore special considerations to the strength durability and functionality of materials as the components of public works are needed based on the specific characteristics of the project concerned Additionally it is also taken int

Basic Policy for the Promotion of Procurement of Eco

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents